WO2014174728A1 - Fitting closing device and control method for fitting closing device - Google Patents

Fitting closing device and control method for fitting closing device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014174728A1
WO2014174728A1 PCT/JP2013/085086 JP2013085086W WO2014174728A1 WO 2014174728 A1 WO2014174728 A1 WO 2014174728A1 JP 2013085086 W JP2013085086 W JP 2013085086W WO 2014174728 A1 WO2014174728 A1 WO 2014174728A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
window
arm
movable unit
closing device
contact
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/085086
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
正明 安藤
伸一 吉川
五郎 中村
隆平 和田
Original Assignee
日本電産サンキョー株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2013094021A external-priority patent/JP6147072B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2013094020A external-priority patent/JP6148525B2/en
Application filed by 日本電産サンキョー株式会社 filed Critical 日本電産サンキョー株式会社
Priority to TW103103292A priority Critical patent/TWI513888B/en
Publication of WO2014174728A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014174728A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E05LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
    • E05BLOCKS; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR; HANDCUFFS
    • E05B65/00Locks or fastenings for special use
    • E05B65/08Locks or fastenings for special use for sliding wings
    • E05B65/0864Locks or fastenings for special use for sliding wings the bolts sliding perpendicular to the wings
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E05LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
    • E05FDEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION; CHECKS FOR WINGS; WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
    • E05F15/00Power-operated mechanisms for wings
    • E05F15/60Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators
    • E05F15/603Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators using rotary electromotors
    • E05F15/632Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators using rotary electromotors for horizontally-sliding wings
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E05LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
    • E05BLOCKS; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR; HANDCUFFS
    • E05B47/00Operating or controlling locks or other fastening devices by electric or magnetic means
    • E05B47/0001Operating or controlling locks or other fastening devices by electric or magnetic means with electric actuators; Constructional features thereof
    • E05B47/0012Operating or controlling locks or other fastening devices by electric or magnetic means with electric actuators; Constructional features thereof with rotary electromotors
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E05LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
    • E05CBOLTS OR FASTENING DEVICES FOR WINGS, SPECIALLY FOR DOORS OR WINDOWS
    • E05C7/00Fastening devices specially adapted for two wings
    • E05C2007/007Fastening devices specially adapted for two wings for a double-wing sliding door or window, i.e. where both wings are slidable
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E05LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
    • E05FDEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION; CHECKS FOR WINGS; WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
    • E05F15/00Power-operated mechanisms for wings
    • E05F15/70Power-operated mechanisms for wings with automatic actuation
    • E05F15/77Power-operated mechanisms for wings with automatic actuation using wireless control

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a fitting closing device for automatically closing a fitting that can be opened and closed such as a window or a door.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for controlling such a fitting closing device.
  • an automatic opening and closing device for automatically opening and closing a sliding window for example, see Patent Document 1.
  • the automatic opening / closing device described in Patent Document 1 includes a motor that is fixed to a vertical shaft of one sliding window via a bracket, and a rack gear that is fixed to the lower arm of the other sliding window.
  • a pinion gear is fixed to the output shaft of the motor, and this pinion gear meshes with a rack gear fixed to the other sliding window.
  • the motor is started by the operation from the remote controller, and the sliding window is opened or closed.
  • the problem of the present invention is that, in a fitting closing device for automatically closing an openable and closable fitting, even when the fitting is attached to existing equipment such as a sliding window, the attachment work can be easily performed.
  • the object is to provide a joiner closing device.
  • a fitting closing device includes a rail that is arranged along a fitting frame in which an openable and closable fitting is arranged, a movable that engages with the rail and moves along the rail.
  • the movable unit includes a unit driving mechanism that moves the movable unit along the rail, and an arm that contacts the joinery and closes the joinery.
  • the fitting closing device of the present invention includes a rail arranged along a fitting frame and a movable unit that moves along the rail.
  • the movable unit closes the fitting in contact with the unit driving mechanism and the fitting. And arm. Therefore, in this invention, if a rail is installed along a joinery frame and a movable unit is engaged with a rail, it becomes possible to attach a joinery closing device to existing equipment such as a sliding window. That is, according to the present invention, it is possible to attach the joinery closing device to the existing equipment such as the sliding window without modifying the existing equipment such as the sliding window. Therefore, in this invention, even if it is a case where a fitting closing device is attached to existing facilities, such as a sliding window, the attachment operation
  • the movable unit includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm.
  • the arm drive mechanism includes a contact position where the arm can contact the joinery and a retreat where the arm retracts so as not to contact the joinery when the movable unit moves. It is preferable to move the arm to the position. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to prevent interference with an arm and joinery at the time of a movable unit moving irrespective of the kind of the existing installation to which a joinery closing device is attached.
  • the joinery closing device includes a lock for fixing the joinery so that the joinery does not open
  • the movable unit includes a locking arm for closing the lock. If comprised in this way, since it will become possible to close a lock
  • the arm and the locking arm are connected to a common motor, and when the motor rotates in one direction, the arm and the locking arm rotate in the direction from the retracted position to the contact position, When rotating in the other direction, it is preferable that the arm and the locking arm rotate in a direction in which the locking arm closes the lock.
  • the joinery closing device may include a lock that fixes the joinery so that the joinery does not open, and the arm driving mechanism may move the arm to close the lock.
  • the lock since the lock can be automatically closed by the arm, the crime prevention effect of a house or the like to which the fitting closing device is attached can be enhanced. Further, in this case, it is not necessary to separately provide a locking arm for closing the lock in addition to the arm, so that the number of parts of the movable unit can be reduced.
  • the joinery is a first window and a second window constituting a sliding window
  • the first window is disposed on the outdoor side
  • the second window is disposed on the indoor side
  • the arm drive mechanism is The arm is preferably moved to a first contact position where the arm can contact the first window and a second contact position where the arm can contact the second window. If comprised in this way, since a 1st window and a 2nd window can be closed using a common arm, it becomes possible to reduce the number of parts of a movable unit.
  • the movable unit preferably includes a clamp mechanism for fixing the movable unit to the rail when the lock is closed. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to suppress the shakiness of the movable unit at the time of closing a lock
  • the drive source of the arm drive mechanism and the drive source of the clamp mechanism are common. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to simplify the structure of a movable unit compared with the case where the drive source of an arm drive mechanism and the drive source of a clamp mechanism are provided separately.
  • the unit drive mechanism includes a drive motor, and a drive roller that is connected to the drive motor and rotates with the driving force from the drive motor as a horizontal axis direction, and the rail extends in the vertical direction.
  • a unit drive mechanism comprising: a roller contact surface that is orthogonal and contacts the lower end of the drive roller; and a guide wall that rises perpendicularly from the roller contact surface and is parallel to a plane composed of the vertical direction and the moving direction of the movable unit
  • a guide roller which is arranged so as to sandwich the guide wall portion and rotates with the vertical direction as an axial direction of rotation is provided. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to suppress the shakiness at the time of a movable unit moving by a guide wall part and a guide roller.
  • the movable unit preferably includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm, and a storage battery that supplies power to the unit drive mechanism and the arm drive mechanism. If comprised in this way, since it is not necessary to connect the wiring for electric power supply to a movable unit, it becomes possible to perform attachment work of a fitting closing device more easily.
  • the unit drive mechanism includes a drive motor, a drive roller that is connected to the drive motor and rotates with the driving force from the drive motor as a horizontal axis, and a drive roller that is separated from the drive motor.
  • a driven roller that rotates in a direction parallel to the axial direction of the rotation, and the rail includes a roller contact surface that is orthogonal to the vertical direction and that contacts the lower end of the driving roller and the lower end of the driven roller,
  • the driving roller and the driven roller are arranged at a predetermined interval in the moving direction of the movable unit, and the storage battery is arranged closer to the driving roller than the driven roller in the moving direction of the movable unit. Is preferred.
  • the fitting closing device includes a station unit fixed to the rail, the station unit includes a power transmission coil for non-contact charging of the storage battery, and the movable unit includes a power receiving coil for non-contact charging of the storage battery. It is preferable to provide.
  • the storage battery is automatically contact-charged, it is necessary to connect the station unit and the movable unit and maintain this connected state. A configuration to maintain is required.
  • the configuration and connection state for connecting the station unit and the movable unit are maintained. No configuration is required. Therefore, it becomes possible to simplify the configuration of the joinery closing device.
  • the joinery is a first window and a second window constituting a sliding window
  • the first window is disposed on the outdoor side
  • the second window is disposed on the indoor side
  • the movable unit is the first window.
  • a first sensor for detecting the open / closed state of one window in a non-contact manner a first detection position that is a position of the movable unit for detecting the open / closed state of the first window, and a movable unit for closing the lock. It is preferable to include a second sensor for detecting the second detection position, which is a position, in a non-contact manner.
  • the rail is arranged so that the movable unit moves in the opening / closing direction of the first window and the second window, and so that the movable unit can move to the outside of the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window.
  • the arm drive mechanism moves the arm to a first contact position as a contact position where the arm can contact the first window and a second contact position as a contact position where the arm can contact the second window. Is preferred. If comprised in this way, when the fitting closing device is not used, it will become possible to make a movable unit stand by on the outer side of the fitting frame in the closing direction of a 1st window. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the lighting performance of the sliding window from being lowered due to the influence of the movable unit. Moreover, if comprised in this way, since a 1st window and a 2nd window can be closed using a common arm, it becomes possible to reduce the number of parts of a movable unit.
  • the joiner closing device in this case includes, for example, an open / close state detection step of detecting the open / close state of the first window by moving the movable unit outside the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window to the first detection position.
  • the first movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit in the closing direction of the second window with the arm moved to the second contact position after the open / closed state detecting step and the open / closed state detection If it is detected in step that the first window is open, after the first movable unit moving step, the arm is moved to the first contact position in the closing direction of the first window, and the first window
  • a second movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit until it is closed, and a third movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit to the second detection position after the second movable unit moving step.
  • a first locking step for closing the lock after the third movable unit moving step and a first locking step for closing the lock after the first movable unit moving step when it is detected that the first window is closed in the open / closed state detecting step It is controlled by a control method of a joinery closing device comprising two locking steps.
  • the second window can be closed, but the open / closed state of the second window is not detected. Therefore, according to this control method, it is possible to close the second window while simplifying the control of the fitting closing device as compared with the case of detecting the open / closed state of the second window. Further, according to this control method, it is possible to perform the window closing operation and the locking operation of the first window and the second window in a short time compared to the case of detecting the open / closed state of the second window.
  • a fitting closing device includes a rail arranged along a fitting frame on which an openable and closable fitting is arranged, a station unit fixed to the rail, and an engagement with the rail. And a movable unit that moves along the rail.
  • the movable unit includes a unit driving mechanism that moves the movable unit along the rail, and an arm that contacts the fitting and closes the fitting, and the station unit and the movable unit.
  • Optical wireless communication using light or wireless communication using radio waves is performed between the two.
  • a joiner closing device includes a rail disposed along a joiner frame, a station unit fixed to the rail, and a movable unit that moves along the rail, and the movable unit includes a unit drive mechanism, And an arm that contacts the joinery and closes the joinery. Therefore, in the present invention, if the rail is installed along the joinery frame, the station unit is fixed to the rail, and the movable unit is engaged with the rail, the joinery closing device is attached to the existing equipment such as the sliding window. It becomes possible. That is, according to the present invention, it is possible to attach the joinery closing device to the existing equipment such as the sliding window without modifying the existing equipment such as the sliding window. Therefore, in this invention, even if it is a case where a fitting closing device is attached to existing facilities, such as a sliding window, the attachment operation
  • the station unit and the movable unit can be operated even when the movable unit is operated by a signal from the station unit. Need not be connected with wiring for communication. Therefore, in this invention, it becomes possible to perform attachment work of the fitting closing device more easily. Further, in the present invention, since there is no need to connect the station unit and the movable unit with communication wiring, there is no problem that the communication unit is disconnected and the movable unit does not operate.
  • the rail has a substantially square groove having an upper wall portion orthogonal to the vertical direction and two side wall portions whose upper ends are connected to both ends of the upper wall portion in a direction orthogonal to the moving direction of the movable unit. It is preferable that optical wireless communication is performed inside the rail between the station unit and the movable unit. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to suppress disturbance light entering into the location where the optical wireless communication between a station unit and a movable unit is performed by the rail formed in a substantially square groove shape. Therefore, it is possible to prevent malfunction of the movable unit due to disturbance light.
  • the movable unit includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm.
  • the arm drive mechanism includes a contact position where the arm can contact the joinery and a retreat where the arm retracts so as not to contact the joinery when the movable unit moves. It is preferable to move the arm to the position. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to prevent interference with an arm and joinery at the time of a movable unit moving irrespective of the kind of the existing installation to which a joinery closing device is attached.
  • the joinery closing device includes a lock for fixing the joinery so that the joinery does not open
  • the movable unit includes a lock arm for closing the lock
  • the arm drive mechanism moves the lock arm to lock the lock. It is preferable to close. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to close a lock
  • the arm and the locking arm can be formed by forming the arm in the shape required for closing the joinery and forming the locking arm in the shape required for closing the lock. It becomes possible to simplify the shape.
  • the joinery closing device may include a lock that fixes the joinery so that the joinery does not open, and the arm driving mechanism may move the arm to close the lock.
  • the lock can be automatically closed by the arm, and the crime prevention effect of a house or the like to which the fitting closing device is attached can be enhanced. Further, in this case, it is not necessary to separately provide a locking arm for closing the lock in addition to the arm, so that the number of parts of the movable unit can be reduced.
  • a signal for operating the movable unit is transmitted from the station unit to the movable unit, and a signal for notifying the success or failure of the lock is transmitted from the movable unit to the station unit. In this case, it becomes possible to grasp the success or failure of the lock on the station unit side.
  • the station unit preferably performs wireless communication using radio waves with a remote controller or a portable terminal device. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to operate a movable unit by remote operation and to close a fitting. For example, it becomes possible to operate the movable unit by remote control using a mobile terminal device from outside and close the joinery of the house that is away.
  • the movable unit preferably includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm, and a storage battery that supplies power to the unit drive mechanism and the arm drive mechanism. If comprised in this way, since it is not necessary to connect the wiring for electric power supply to a movable unit, it becomes possible to perform attachment work of a fitting closing device more easily.
  • the station unit preferably includes a power transmission coil for non-contact charging of the storage battery
  • the movable unit preferably includes a power receiving coil for non-contact charging of the storage battery.
  • the joinery is a first window and a second window constituting a sliding window
  • the first window is disposed on the outdoor side
  • the second window is disposed on the indoor side
  • the movable unit is the first window.
  • a first sensor for detecting the open / closed state of one window in a non-contact manner a first detection position that is a position of the movable unit for detecting the open / closed state of the first window, and a movable unit for closing the lock. It is preferable to include a second sensor for detecting the second detection position, which is a position, in a non-contact manner.
  • the first sensor is an optical sensor having a light emitting element that emits light toward the first window and a light receiving element that can receive the light reflected by the first window.
  • the second sensor is a magnetic sensor, and the rail includes a first magnet for detecting the first detection position and a second magnet for detecting the second detection position. It is fixed.
  • the rail is arranged so that the movable unit moves in the opening / closing direction of the first window and the second window, and so that the movable unit can move to the outside of the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window.
  • the arm drive mechanism moves the arm to a first contact position as a contact position where the arm can contact the first window and a second contact position as a contact position where the arm can contact the second window. Is preferred. If comprised in this way, when the fitting closing device is not used, it will become possible to make a movable unit stand by on the outer side of the fitting frame in the closing direction of a 1st window. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the lighting performance of the sliding window from being lowered due to the influence of the movable unit. Moreover, if comprised in this way, since a 1st window and a 2nd window can be closed using a common arm, it becomes possible to reduce the number of parts of a movable unit.
  • the joiner closing device in this case includes, for example, an open / close state detection step of detecting the open / close state of the first window by moving the movable unit outside the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window to the first detection position.
  • the first movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit in the closing direction of the second window with the arm moved to the second contact position after the open / closed state detecting step and the open / closed state detection If it is detected in step that the first window is open, after the first movable unit moving step, the arm is moved to the first contact position in the closing direction of the first window, and the first window
  • a second movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit until it is closed, and a third movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit to the second detection position after the second movable unit moving step.
  • a first locking step for closing the lock after the third movable unit moving step and a first locking step for closing the lock after the first movable unit moving step when it is detected that the first window is closed in the open / closed state detecting step It is controlled by a control method of a joinery closing device comprising two locking steps.
  • the second window can be closed, but the open / closed state of the second window is not detected. Therefore, according to this control method, it is possible to close the second window while simplifying the control of the fitting closing device as compared with the case of detecting the open / closed state of the second window. Further, according to this control method, it is possible to perform the window closing operation and the locking operation of the first window and the second window in a short time compared to the case of detecting the open / closed state of the second window.
  • the attaching operation can be easily performed.
  • the control method of the joinery closing device of the present invention it is possible to close the second window while simplifying the control of the joinery closing device, and perform the window closing operation and the locking operation in a short time. Is possible.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along a line EE in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line FF in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 6 is a front view of the arm, the lock arm, the arm drive mechanism, and the clamp mechanism shown in FIG. 5.
  • FIG. 9 is a side view showing an arm, a locking arm, an arm drive mechanism, and a clamp mechanism from the GG direction of FIG. 8.
  • (A) is a cross-sectional view of the HH cross section of FIG. 8, and
  • (B) is a cross-sectional view of the JJ cross section of FIG.
  • A) is a cross-sectional view of the KK cross section of FIG. 8
  • (B) is a cross-sectional view of the LL cross section of FIG. It is a figure which shows a state when the arm shown in FIG. 5 exists in a retracted position. It is a figure which shows a state when the arm shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a state in which a joiner closing device 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention is attached to a sliding window 2.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of the window closing system 15 using the fitting closing device 1 shown in FIG.
  • the fitting closing device 1 of this embodiment is a device for automatically closing a window that is a fitting that can be opened and closed. Therefore, hereinafter, the fitting closing device 1 of this embodiment is referred to as a “window closing device 1”.
  • the window closing device 1 is attached to a sliding window 2 that opens and closes in the horizontal direction.
  • the sliding window 2 includes an outer window 3 as a first window arranged on the outdoor side, an inner window 4 as a second window arranged on the indoor side, an outer window 3 that can be opened and closed, and an inner window 4 on the inner side.
  • a window frame 5 as a joinery frame. The window closing device 1 automatically closes the outer window 3 and the inner window 4.
  • the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are composed of a rectangular window glass and a gutter surrounding the window glass.
  • the ridges of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are made of, for example, an aluminum alloy and reflect light.
  • the window frame 5 includes, for example, a rectangular inner frame 6 having a guide for guiding the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 in the opening / closing direction thereof, and a rectangular outer frame 7 disposed outside the inner frame 6.
  • the inner frame 6 is made of an aluminum alloy
  • the outer frame 7 is wooden.
  • the moving direction of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 is the left-right direction
  • the thickness direction of the outer window 3 and inner window 4 (Y direction in FIG.
  • the X1 direction side is the “right” side
  • the X2 direction side is the “left” side
  • the Y1 direction side is the “front (front)” side
  • the Y2 direction side is the “back (back)” side.
  • the outer window 3 is disposed on the left side and the inner window 4 is disposed on the right side.
  • the left direction is the direction in which the outer window 3 is closed (the closing direction of the outer window 3) and the direction in which the inner window 4 is opened (the opening direction of the inner window 4).
  • the right direction is the direction in which the outer window 3 opens (the opening direction of the outer window 3) and the direction in which the inner window 4 closes (the closing direction of the inner window 4).
  • the near side is the indoor side and the far side is the outdoor side.
  • the clockwise direction when viewed from the left side is referred to as “clockwise direction”
  • the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the left side is referred to as “counterclockwise direction”.
  • the window closing device 1 includes a rail 10 arranged along the window frame 5, a station unit 11 fixed to the rail 10, and the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 so that the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 do not open.
  • a lock 12 to be fixed and a movable unit 13 that engages with the rail 10 and moves along the rail 10 are provided.
  • Information communication using light or radio waves can be performed between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13.
  • optical wireless communication or wireless communication can be performed between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13.
  • optical wireless communication using infrared rays infrared light
  • optical wireless communication using visible light may be possible between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13.
  • the window closing device 1 is used in, for example, the window closing system 15 shown in FIG.
  • the window closing system 15 includes a window closing device 1 disposed indoors, a wireless LAN router 16 disposed indoors, and a mobile terminal device 17 such as a smartphone.
  • Information communication using radio waves can be performed between the station unit 11 and the mobile terminal device 17 via the wireless LAN router 16. That is, wireless communication can be performed between the station unit 11 and the mobile terminal device 17 via the wireless LAN router 16.
  • a remote controller may be used instead of the mobile terminal device 17.
  • FIG. 3 is a side view showing upper end portions of the rail 10 and the movable unit 13 shown in FIG.
  • the rail 10 is formed in a substantially rectangular groove shape that is elongated to the left and right with a part on the lower end side and left and right ends opened, and the movable unit 13 is movable in the left-right direction. That is, in this embodiment, the left-right direction is the moving direction of the movable unit 13. Further, as shown in FIG. 1, the rail 10 is fixed to the upper end portion of the outer frame 7 via a plurality of brackets 18. The rail 10 is disposed on the near side of the upper end portion of the outer frame 7.
  • the length of the rail 10 in the left-right direction is longer than the length of the outer frame 7 in the left-right direction, and the left and right ends of the rail 10 are outside in the left-right direction than the left and right ends of the outer frame 7, respectively. Protruding to In this embodiment, each of the left and right ends of the rail 10 is more lateral than the left and right ends of the outer frame 7 so that the entire movable unit 13 can move to the outside of the outer frame 7 in the left-right direction. Projects outward.
  • the rail 10 includes an upper wall portion 10a, two side wall portions 10b, two lower wall portions 10c, and two guide wall portions 10d.
  • the upper wall portion 10a is formed in a rectangular flat plate shape that is orthogonal to the vertical direction (vertical direction) and elongated in the horizontal direction.
  • the side wall part 10b is formed in a rectangular flat plate shape that is orthogonal to the front-rear direction and elongated in the left-right direction, and the upper end of the side wall part 10b is connected to the front and rear ends of the upper wall part 10a.
  • the lower wall portion 10c is formed in a rectangular flat plate shape that is orthogonal to the vertical direction and elongated in the left-right direction, and the outer end of the lower wall portion 10c in the front-rear direction is connected to the lower end of the side wall portion 10b.
  • the guide wall portion 10d is formed in a rectangular flat plate shape that is orthogonal to the front-rear direction and elongated in the left-right direction, and the lower end of the guide wall portion 10d is connected to the inner end of the lower wall portion 10c in the front-rear direction.
  • a gap in which a part of the upper end side of the movable unit 13 is disposed is formed between the two guide wall portions 10d in the front-rear direction.
  • the height of the guide wall portion 10d is lower than the height of the side wall portion 10b.
  • the upper surface of the lower wall portion 10c is a roller contact surface 10e that contacts a lower end of a driving roller 50, which will be described later, constituting the movable unit 13 and a lower end of the driven roller 51.
  • the guide wall portion 10d is formed in a flat plate shape orthogonal to the front-rear direction, and the lower end of the guide wall portion 10d is connected to the inner end of the lower wall portion 10c in the front-rear direction. That is, the guide wall portion 10d is formed in parallel to a plane constituted by the up and down direction and the left and right direction, and rises vertically from the roller contact surface 10e.
  • FIG. 4 is a front view for explaining the internal structure of the station unit 11 shown in FIG.
  • the station unit 11 includes an infrared communication module 20 for performing optical wireless communication with the movable unit 13, a wireless communication module 21 for performing wireless communication with the mobile terminal device 17, and a storage battery 35 described later included in the movable unit 13.
  • a power transmission coil 22 for contact charging, a power supply module 23 (see FIG. 2) for supplying a current to the power transmission coil 22, and a case body 24 in which these components are accommodated are provided.
  • the infrared communication module 20, the wireless communication module 21, and the power supply module 23 are connected to the controller 25 of the station unit 11.
  • the infrared communication module 20 includes a light emitting element that emits infrared light, a light receiving element that receives infrared light, and a substrate on which the light emitting element and the light receiving element are mounted.
  • the infrared communication module 20 is disposed on the upper end side of the station unit 11.
  • the infrared communication module 20 is arranged such that the light emitting element emits infrared light toward the right side, and the light receiving element receives infrared light incident from the right side.
  • the wireless communication module 21 is disposed below the infrared communication module 20.
  • the power transmission coil 22 is arranged on the lower end side of the station unit 11.
  • the power transmission coil 22 is disposed on the right end side of the station unit 11.
  • the power supply module 23 is disposed on the left side of the power transmission coil 22. Both ends of the power transmission coil 22 are connected to the power supply module 23.
  • an external power source (more specifically, an AC power source) 26 is connected to the power supply module 23 via a predetermined cable.
  • the case body 24 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped box shape.
  • the case body 24 is fixed to the left end of the rail 10.
  • the case body 24 is fixed to the left end of the rail 10 so that the upper end of the case body 24 and the upper end of the rail 10 (that is, the upper surface of the upper wall portion 10a) substantially coincide.
  • FIG. 5 is a front view for explaining the internal structure of the movable unit 13 shown in FIG.
  • the movable unit 13 is disposed on the near side of the sliding window 2 and closes the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and closes the lock 12.
  • the movable unit 13 includes a unit driving mechanism 30 that moves the movable unit 13 along the rail 10, an arm 31 that contacts the outer window 3 and the inner window 4, and closes the outer window 3 and the inner window 4, and a lock 12.
  • An arm 32 as a locking arm to be closed and an arm drive mechanism 33 for driving the arms 31 and 32 are provided.
  • the movable unit 13 includes a clamp mechanism 34 for fixing the movable unit 13 to the rail 10 when the lock 12 is closed, a storage battery 35 that supplies power to the unit drive mechanism 30 and the arm drive mechanism 33, and a storage battery.
  • the power receiving coil 36 for non-contact charging 35 and the infrared communication module 37 for performing optical wireless communication with the station unit 11 are provided.
  • the movable unit 13 includes a first sensor 38 for detecting the open / closed state of the outer window 3 in a non-contact manner, and the position of the movable unit 13 for detecting the opened / closed state of the outer window 3 and the lock 12. And a second sensor 39 for detecting the position of the movable unit 13 in a non-contact manner.
  • the movable unit 13 includes a case body 40 in which the arms 31 and 32, the arm drive mechanism 33, the storage battery 35, the power receiving coil 36, and the like are accommodated.
  • the case body 40 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped box shape. As shown in FIG. 2, the storage battery 35, the infrared communication module 37, the first sensor 38 and the second sensor 39 are connected to the controller 41 of the movable unit 13.
  • the unit driving mechanism 30 is disposed on the upper end side of the movable unit 13 and constitutes the upper end side portion of the movable unit 13.
  • the unit drive mechanism 30 is disposed inside the rail 10 formed in a substantially square groove shape (that is, in a space surrounded by the upper wall portion 10a and the two side wall portions 10b).
  • the storage battery 35 and the power receiving coil 36 are disposed below the unit drive mechanism 30.
  • the power receiving coil 36 is disposed on the left end side of the movable unit 13, the storage battery 35 is disposed on the right side of the power receiving coil 36, and the power receiving coil 36 and the storage battery 35 constitute a lower left side portion of the movable unit 13. ing. Both ends of the power receiving coil 36 are connected to the power receiving module, and the power receiving module is connected to the storage battery 35.
  • Storage battery 35 is, for example, a lithium ion battery.
  • the arms 31 and 32 and the arm drive mechanism 33 are disposed below the unit drive mechanism 30.
  • the arms 31 and 32 and the arm drive mechanism 33 are disposed on the right side of the storage battery 35 and constitute a lower right portion of the movable unit 13.
  • a clamp member 68 and a cam member 69, which will be described later, constituting the clamp mechanism 34 are arranged between the arms 31 and 32, the arm drive mechanism 33 and the storage battery 35, and the unit drive mechanism 30 in the vertical direction.
  • the infrared communication module 37 includes a light emitting element that emits infrared light, a light receiving element that receives infrared light, and a substrate on which the light emitting element and the light receiving element are mounted.
  • the infrared communication module 37 is disposed on the upper end side of the movable unit 13.
  • the infrared communication module 37 is disposed on the left end side of the movable unit 13 so that the light emitting element emits infrared light toward the left side and the light receiving element receives infrared light incident from the left side.
  • the infrared communication module 37 the light emitting element emits infrared rays toward the light receiving element of the infrared communication module 20, and the light receiving element receives infrared rays emitted from the light emitting element of the infrared communication module 20.
  • the infrared communication module 37 is placed inside the rail 10 so that optical wireless communication between the infrared communication module 20 and the infrared communication module 37 is performed inside the rail 10 formed in a substantially square groove shape. Is arranged. That is, between the infrared communication module 20 and the infrared communication module 37, optical wireless communication is performed inside the rail 10 formed in a substantially square groove shape.
  • the first sensor 38 is an optical sensor having a light emitting element that emits light toward the outer window 3 (that is, toward the back side) and a light receiving element that can receive the light reflected by the outer window 3. .
  • the light emitting element of the first sensor 38 emits infrared rays, and the light receiving element of the first sensor 38 can receive infrared rays.
  • the first sensor 38 is disposed on the upper side of the power receiving coil 36.
  • the first sensor 38 is arranged so as to emit infrared rays toward the upper end portion of the ridge of the outer window 3.
  • the light emitting element of the first sensor 38 may emit visible light, and the light receiving element of the first sensor 38 may receive visible light.
  • the second sensor 39 is a magnetic sensor having a Hall element, a magnetoresistive effect element, or the like.
  • the second sensor 39 is disposed on the upper left side of the movable unit 13. Further, the second sensor 39 is disposed inside the rail 10.
  • two second sensors 39 are arranged with a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction.
  • the upper surface of the upper wall portion 10 a of the rail 10 holds a first magnet for detecting the position of the movable unit 13 together with the second sensor 39 when detecting the open / closed state of the outer window 3.
  • a magnet holder 45 that holds the second magnet for detecting together with the second sensor 39 the position of the movable unit 13 when closing the lock 12 is fixed.
  • a magnet holder 47 that holds a third magnet for detecting together with the second sensor 39 that the movable unit 13 is in the standby position is fixed to the upper surface of the upper wall portion 10a of the rail 10.
  • Two first magnets are fixed to the magnet holder 45 at a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction so as to correspond to the two second sensors 39, and two first magnets are fixed to the magnet holder 46.
  • Two second magnets are fixed so as to correspond to the two sensors 39 with a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction.
  • two third magnets are fixed to the magnet holder 47 so as to correspond to the two second sensors 39 at a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction.
  • the first magnet fixed to the magnet holder 45 is such that when the second sensor 39 detects the first magnet, the light emitting element of the first sensor 38 is arranged slightly to the right of the left end portion of the inner frame 6. Is installed.
  • the movable unit 13 stops and infrared light is emitted from the light emitting element of the first sensor 38. If the outer window 3 is completely closed when the second sensor 39 detects the first magnet and the movable unit 13 stops, the infrared light emitted from the first sensor 38 The light is reflected at the end portion and received by the light receiving element of the first sensor 38.
  • the open / closed state of the outer window 3 is detected depending on whether or not the infrared light emitted from the light emitting element of the first sensor 38 is received by the light receiving element of the first sensor 38.
  • the position of the movable unit 13 when the light emitting element of the first sensor 38 is disposed slightly to the right of the left end portion of the inner frame 6 is the movable unit 13 when detecting the open / closed state of the outer window 3. Is the first detection position.
  • the arm 31 contacts the open inner window 4 and moves the inner window 4 to close.
  • the second magnet fixed to the magnet holder 46 is installed at a position where the inner window 4 that the arm 31 contacts and moves when the second sensor 39 detects the second magnet is completely closed.
  • the lock 12 is closed by the arm 32 when the second sensor 39 detects the second magnet while the outer window 3 is closed.
  • the position of the movable unit 13 when the inner window 4 that the arm 31 moves is completely closed is the second detection position that is the position of the movable unit 13 when the lock 12 is closed.
  • the third magnet fixed to the magnet holder 47 is installed so that the movable unit 13 is adjacent to the right side of the station unit 11 when the second sensor 39 detects the third magnet.
  • the position of the movable unit 13 when the movable unit 13 is adjacent to the right side of the station unit 11 is the standby position of the movable unit 13. That is, the movable unit 13 in the standby state is stopped on the left end side of the rail 10.
  • the entire movable unit 13 is disposed on the left side of the left end of the outer frame 7.
  • the power transmission coil 22 of the station unit 11 and the power reception coil 36 of the movable unit 13 are opposed to each other in the left-right direction, so that the storage battery 35 can be contactlessly charged.
  • the storage battery 35 is charged when the movable unit 13 is in the standby position.
  • (Configuration of unit drive mechanism) 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line EE of FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line FF in FIG.
  • the unit drive mechanism 30 includes a motor 48 as a drive motor, a gear train 49 constituted by a plurality of gears, two drive rollers 50 connected to the motor 48 via the gear train 49, a motor 48, Two driven rollers 51 separated, four guide rollers 52 for preventing the movable unit 13 from rattling, and a roller 65 for preventing the movable unit 13 from lifting up are provided.
  • the motor 48 is disposed on the right end side of the unit drive mechanism 30. As shown in FIG. 2, the motor 48 is connected to a motor driver 53, and the motor driver 53 is connected to the controller 41.
  • the driving roller 50 and the driven roller 51 are rotatably held by the frame of the unit driving mechanism 30 and rotate with the front-rear direction as the axial direction of rotation.
  • the two drive rollers 50 are disposed on the left end side of the unit drive mechanism 30, and the two driven rollers 51 are disposed on the right end side of the unit drive mechanism 30. That is, the drive roller 50 and the driven roller 51 are arranged in a state where a predetermined interval is left in the left-right direction. Further, each of the two driving rollers 50 is disposed on both sides of the unit driving mechanism 30 in the front-rear direction, and each of the two driven rollers 51 is disposed on both sides of the unit driving mechanism 30 in the front-rear direction. Has been.
  • the driving roller 50 and the driven roller 51 are disposed between the side wall portion 10b and the guide wall portion 10d in the front-rear direction.
  • the lower end of the driving roller 50 and the lower end of the driven roller 51 are the roller contact surfaces of the rail 10. 10e (see FIG. 3).
  • the driving roller 50 is rotated by the driving force from the motor 48.
  • the driven roller 51 rotates with the movement of the movable unit 13.
  • the storage battery 35 constitutes the lower left portion of the movable unit 13 and is disposed at a position closer to the drive roller 50 than the driven roller 51 in the left-right direction as shown in FIG. Yes.
  • the storage battery 35 is disposed below the drive roller 50 when viewed from the front-rear direction.
  • the guide roller 52 is rotatably held by the frame of the unit driving mechanism 30 and rotates with the vertical direction (vertical direction) as the axis direction of rotation. As shown in FIG. 3, the four guide rollers 52 are arranged on the front end side of the unit driving mechanism 30. The four guide rollers 52 are arranged on the lower end side of the unit drive mechanism 30. Of the four guide rollers 52, two guide rollers 52 are arranged on the left side of the driving roller 50, and the remaining two guide rollers 52 are arranged on the right side of the driven roller 51. As shown in FIG.
  • the two guide rollers 52 disposed on the left side of the drive roller 50 are disposed so as to sandwich the guide wall portion 10d disposed on the front side in the front-rear direction, and the guide wall portion 10d. Is in contact with each of the front and back sides.
  • the two guide rollers 52 disposed on the right side of the driven roller 51 are also disposed so as to sandwich the guide wall portion 10d disposed on the front side in the front-rear direction. In contact with each of.
  • the roller 65 is rotatably held by the frame of the unit drive mechanism 30 and rotates with the front-rear direction as an axial direction.
  • the roller 65 is disposed on the upper right end side of the unit drive mechanism 30. Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the roller 65 is disposed at the approximate center of the movable unit 13 in the front-rear direction. The upper end of the roller 65 is in contact with the lower surface of the upper wall portion 10a.
  • the gear train 49 or the drive roller 50 is provided with a torque limiter. If an overload is applied to the movable unit 13 during movement, the drive roller 50 rotates idly.
  • FIG. 8 is a front view of the arms 31, 32, the arm drive mechanism 33, and the clamp mechanism 34 shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 9 is a side view showing the arms 31, 32, the arm drive mechanism 33, and the clamp mechanism 34 from the GG direction of FIG. 10A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line HH in FIG. 8, and FIG. 10B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line JJ in FIG. 11A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line KK in FIG. 8, and FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line LL in FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a state when the arm 31 illustrated in FIG. 5 is in the retracted position 31A.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a state when the arm 31 illustrated in FIG. 5 is in the second contact position 31 ⁇ / b> C that can contact the inner window 4.
  • the arm 31 includes a base portion 31a formed in a substantially disc shape, a contact portion 31b that protrudes radially outward from the base portion 31a, and a magnet holding portion 31c.
  • the base 31a is fixed to the left end surface of an output gear 59 (described later) that constitutes the arm drive mechanism 33, and can be rotated with the left-right direction as the axial direction of rotation. Further, the base portion 31 a is disposed in the case body 40.
  • the contact portion 31b and the magnet holding portion 31c protrude in directions substantially orthogonal to each other.
  • the length of the contact part 31b is longer than the length of the magnet holding part 31c.
  • the contact portion 31 b can protrude to the back side of the case body 40, and the contact portion 31 b contacts the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 to close the outer window 3 and the inner window 4.
  • the magnet holding portion 31 c is disposed in the case body 40 and does not protrude outside the case body 40.
  • a magnet 54 is fixed to the tip side of the magnet holding portion 31c.
  • Two magnets 55 formed in a substantially 1 ⁇ 4 arc shape are fixed to the left end surface of the base portion 31a.
  • the two magnets 55 are fixed to the left end surface of the base portion 31a with a slight gap in the circumferential direction of the base portion 31a. Further, in the two magnets 55, the center of the gap between the two magnets 55 in the circumferential direction of the base portion 31a and the center of the contact portion 31b in the circumferential direction of the base portion 31a are substantially the same in the circumferential direction of the base portion 31a.
  • the two magnets 55 are magnetized so that the right magnetic pole and the left magnetic pole are different from each other. As shown in FIG.
  • the left magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the left magnetic pole of the other magnet 55 are different from each other (that is, the right magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the other
  • the magnet 55 is magnetized so that the magnetic pole on the right surface of the magnet 55 is a different magnetic pole.
  • the arm 32 includes a base portion 32a formed in a substantially disc shape, and a locking portion 32b protruding from the base portion 32a to the outer peripheral side.
  • the base 32a is fixed to the left end surface of an output gear 60 (described later) that constitutes the arm drive mechanism 33, and can be rotated with the left-right direction being the axial direction of rotation. Further, the base 32 a is disposed in the case body 40.
  • the length of the locking part 32 b is shorter than the length of the contact part 31 b of the arm 31.
  • the locking portion 32 b can protrude to the back side of the case body 40, and the locking portion 32 b comes into contact with a slide member 80 described later constituting the lock 12 to close the lock 12.
  • the arm drive mechanism 33 includes a motor 56 as a drive source and a gear train 57 that includes a plurality of gears and transmits the power of the motor 56.
  • the motor 56 is disposed on the right end side of the arm drive mechanism 33. As shown in FIG. 2, the motor 56 is connected to a motor driver 58, and the motor driver 58 is connected to the controller 41.
  • the gear train 57 includes an output gear 59 and an output gear 60 that are arranged at the output end of the power transmission direction from the motor 56.
  • the output gear 59 is rotatably held by a fixed shaft 61 fixed to the frame of the arm drive mechanism 33 so as to rotate with the left-right direction as the rotation axis direction, and the output gear 60 is rotated in the left-right direction. Is rotatably supported by a fixed shaft 62 that is fixed to the frame of the arm drive mechanism 33.
  • the output gear 59 and the output gear 60 are arranged on the left end side of the arm drive mechanism 33. As shown in FIG. 10B, the output gear 59 and the output gear 60 overlap in the vertical direction when viewed from the left-right direction. That is, when viewed from the left-right direction, the fixed shaft 61 and the fixed shaft 62 overlap in the vertical direction. In this embodiment, when viewed from the left-right direction, the output gear 59 is disposed on the upper side, and the output gear 60 is disposed on the lower side.
  • a base 31 a of the arm 31 is fixed to the left end surface of the output gear 59.
  • a base portion 32 a of the arm 32 is fixed to the left end surface of the output gear 60. That is, the arm 31 and the arm 32 are connected to a common motor 56 via a gear train 57.
  • the gear train 57 is configured so that the rotation direction of the arm 31 and the rotation direction of the arm 32 are opposite to each other.
  • the gear train 57 includes an intermediate gear 63 disposed at an intermediate position in the direction of power transmission from the motor 56 (see FIG. 11A).
  • the intermediate gear 63 is rotatably held by a fixed shaft 64 that is fixed to the frame of the arm drive mechanism 33 so as to rotate with the left-right direction as the axial direction of rotation.
  • the intermediate gear 63 meshes with a rack portion 71 a of a slide member 71 (described later) constituting the clamp mechanism 34.
  • the arm drive mechanism 33 is retracted so that the contact portion 31b of the arm 31 is accommodated in the case body 40 so as not to contact the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 when the movable unit 13 moves (shown in FIG. 12).
  • Position a first contact position 31B (position shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 10A) at which the contact portion 31b protrudes toward the back side of the case body 40 and can contact the outer window 3, and the contact portion.
  • the arm 31 is rotated between the second contact position 31 ⁇ / b> C (position shown in FIG. 13) that 31 b protrudes to the back side of the case body 40 and can contact the inner window 4.
  • the arm drive mechanism 33 is configured so that the arm 31 does not come into contact with the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 when the movable unit 13 moves and the contact positions 31B and 31C where the arm 31 can contact the outer window 3 and the inner window 4.
  • the arm 31 is moved to the retracted position 31A.
  • the arm 31 at the retreat position 31A rotates clockwise and moves to the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C.
  • the gear train 57 is configured such that the rotation direction of the arm 31 and the rotation direction of the arm 32 are opposite to each other. Therefore, when the arm 31 rotates clockwise, It rotates counterclockwise.
  • the locking portion 32b of the arm 32 is either in the case where the arm 31 is in the retracted position 31A, the first contact position 31B, or the second contact position 31C. It is accommodated in the case body 40.
  • the arm drive mechanism 33 includes a magnetic sensor (not shown) for detecting each of the retracted position 31A, the first contact position 31B, and the second contact position 31C.
  • the magnetic sensor for detecting the retracted position 31A is installed so that the arm 31 is disposed at the retracted position 31A when the magnetic sensor detects the switching of the magnetic poles of two magnets 55 adjacent in the circumferential direction of the base 31a. ing.
  • the magnetic sensor for detecting the first contact position 31B is installed such that the arm 31 is disposed at the first contact position 31B when the magnetic sensor detects the magnet 54.
  • the magnetic sensor for detecting the second contact position 31C is installed such that the arm 31 is disposed at the second contact position 31C when the magnetic sensor detects the magnet 54.
  • These magnetic sensors are connected to the controller 41. Further, these magnetic sensors are mounted on the sensor substrate 42 (see FIG. 5) and are arranged on the left side of the arm 31.
  • FIG. 14 is a view for explaining the clamp mechanism 34 shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a state when the clamp mechanism 34 shown in FIG. 14 fixes the movable unit 13.
  • the clamp mechanism 34 includes two clamp members 68 that contact the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c of the rail 10 to fix the movable unit 13, a cam member 69 that moves the clamp member 68 up and down, and a gear that moves the cam member 69. 70 and a slide member 71 for rotating the gear 70.
  • the gear 70 is rotatably held on the frame of the arm drive mechanism 33 so as to rotate with the front-rear direction as the axial direction of rotation. Further, the gear 70 is disposed above the intermediate gear 63.
  • the slide member 71 includes a rack portion 71a in which a plurality of rack teeth meshing with the intermediate gear 63 is formed, and a rack portion 71b in which a plurality of rack teeth meshing with the gear 70 are formed.
  • the rack portion 71a is formed at the front end of the base portion 71c of the slide member 71 so that the rack teeth protrude forward.
  • the rack teeth of the rack portion 71 a mesh with the intermediate gear 63 from the back side of the intermediate gear 63.
  • the rack portion 71b is formed on the rear end side of the base portion 71c so that the rack teeth protrude rightward.
  • the rack teeth of the rack portion 71 b mesh with the gear 70 from the left side of the gear 70.
  • the base 71c is formed with two through holes 71d penetrating in the left-right direction.
  • the fixed shaft 61 is inserted into one through hole 71d, and the fixed shaft 62 is inserted into the other through hole 71d.
  • the through hole 71d is formed in a long hole shape that is long in the vertical direction.
  • the cam member 69 includes a flat base 69a perpendicular to the vertical direction, four cams 69c in which the cam holes 69b are formed, and a rack 69d in which a plurality of rack teeth meshing with the gear 70 are formed. ing.
  • a through hole 69f (see FIGS. 10 and 11) penetrating in the vertical direction is formed in the central portion of the base 69a, and gears constituting the gear train 49 of the unit drive mechanism 30 are arranged in the through hole 69f. Has been.
  • the cam portion 69c is formed in a flat plate shape that protrudes upward from the upper surface of the base portion 69a and is orthogonal to the front-rear direction. Of the four cam portions 69c, two cam portions 69c are formed on the left end side of the base portion 69a with a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction, and the remaining two cam portions 69c. Is formed on the right end side of the base portion 69a and with a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction. The cam hole 69b penetrates the cam portion 69c in the front-rear direction.
  • the rack portion 69d is formed in a flat plate shape that protrudes downward from the lower surface of the base portion 69a and is orthogonal to the front-rear direction.
  • the rack portion 69d is formed on the left end side of the base portion 69a so that the rack teeth protrude downward.
  • the rack teeth of the rack portion 69 d mesh with the gear 70 from the upper side of the gear 70.
  • the rack portion 69d is formed with a through hole 69e penetrating in the front-rear direction.
  • the through hole 69e is formed in a long hole shape that is long in the left-right direction.
  • a fixed shaft 72 fixed to the frame of the arm drive mechanism 33 is inserted through the through hole 69e.
  • the clamp member 68 is composed of two contact portions 68a arranged at a predetermined interval in the left-right direction and a connecting portion 68b that connects the two contact portions 68a. Yes.
  • the contact portion 68 a disposed on the left side of the two contact portions 68 a is disposed below the drive roller 50.
  • a lower wall portion 10 c of the rail 10 is disposed between the contact portion 68 a and the driving roller 50.
  • the contact portion 68 a disposed on the right side of the two contact portions 68 a is disposed below the driven roller 51.
  • a lower wall portion 10c is disposed between the contact portion 68a and the driven roller 51.
  • One of the two clamp members 68 is disposed on the front side of the cam portion 69c disposed on the front side, and the other clamp member 68 is disposed on the back side of the cam portion 69c disposed on the back side. Has been placed. Further, the two clamp members 68 are disposed on the upper side of the base portion 69a.
  • the two clamp members 68 are connected by two connecting shafts 73 arranged with the front-rear direction as an axial direction.
  • One of the two connecting shafts 73 connects the contact portion 68a on the left side of the clamp member 68 disposed on the front side and the contact portion 68a on the left side of the clamp member 68 disposed on the back side. It is out.
  • the connecting shaft 73 is inserted through the cam holes 69b of the two cam portions 69c arranged on the left side.
  • the other connecting shaft 73 of the two connecting shafts 73 connects the contact portion 68a on the right side of the clamp member 68 disposed on the front side and the contact portion 68a on the right side of the clamp member 68 disposed on the back side. It is out.
  • the connecting shaft 73 is inserted through the cam holes 69b of the two cam portions 69c arranged on the right side.
  • a compression coil spring 74 is disposed under the contact portion 68a disposed on the left side.
  • the clamp member 68 is urged upward by the urging force of the compression coil spring 74.
  • a through hole through which the compression coil spring 74 is inserted is formed in the base 69a so as to penetrate in the vertical direction.
  • the through hole is formed in a long hole shape that is long in the left-right direction.
  • a position where the contact portion 68a is separated from the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c position shown in FIG. 14
  • a position where the contact portion 68a contacts the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c position shown in FIG. 15
  • the clamp member 68 moves up and down.
  • the contact portion 68a is in contact with the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c
  • the lower wall portion 10c is sandwiched between the driving roller 50, the driven roller 51, and the contact portion 68a, so that the movable unit is movable with respect to the rail 10. 13 is fixed.
  • the cam hole 69 b is formed so that the movable unit 13 is fixed to the rail 10 when the lock 12 is closed by the arm 32. Specifically, first, the cam hole 69b is formed so that the contact portion 68a is separated from the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c when the arm 31 is at the retracted position 31A. Further, when the lock 12 is closed, as will be described later, the arm 32 is rotated in the clockwise direction, and when the arm 32 is rotated in the clockwise direction from the state where the arm 31 is in the retracted position 31A (that is, When the arm 31 rotates counterclockwise), the cam hole 69b is formed so that the contact portion 68a contacts the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c and this contact state is maintained.
  • FIG. 16 is a side view for explaining the internal structure of the lock 12 shown in FIG. 17 to 19 are side views for explaining the operation of the lock 12 shown in FIG.
  • the lock 12 includes a main body 77 fixed to the left side of the left end portion of the inner window 4 and a lock plate 78 fixed to the left side of the right end portion of the outer window 3.
  • the main body 77 includes a lock member 79 that is slidable in the front-rear direction, a slide member 80 that slides the lock member 79, and a case body 81 that accommodates these components.
  • the case body 81 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped box shape having a small thickness in the left-right direction.
  • the lock plate 78 is formed in a flat plate shape orthogonal to the left-right direction and fixed to the flange of the outer window 3, and an engagement portion 78b formed in a flat plate shape orthogonal to the front-rear direction and connected to the front end of the fixed portion 78a. And is formed so that the shape when viewed in the vertical direction is substantially L-shaped.
  • An engagement hole with which the lock member 79 is engaged is formed in the engagement portion 78b. The engagement hole is formed so as to penetrate the engagement portion 78b in the front-rear direction.
  • the lock member 79 includes a base portion 79a formed in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape that is flat in the left-right direction as a whole, and a spring holding portion 79b that protrudes upward from the upper end surface of the base portion 79a.
  • the lock member 79 functions to engage the engagement hole of the lock plate 78 to bring the lock 12 into a locked state.
  • An inclined surface 79c is formed on the front lower end side of the base portion 79a so as to incline toward the back as it goes downward.
  • a through hole 79d penetrating in the left-right direction is formed on the upper end side of the base 79a.
  • the through hole 79d is formed in a long hole shape that is long in the front-rear direction.
  • Two guide pins 82 formed or fixed to the case body 81 are inserted through the through holes 79d.
  • the two guide pins 82 are arranged with a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction.
  • a release pin 83 for manually releasing the lock state of the lock 12 is fixed below the through hole 79d.
  • the release pin 83 protrudes from the left side surface of the lock member 79 to the left side.
  • a through hole through which the release pin 83 is inserted is formed in the case body 81, and the distal end side of the release pin 83 protrudes to the left from the left side surface of the case body 81.
  • the spring holding portion 79b is formed on the front end side of the base portion 79a.
  • the front end of the spring holding portion 79b is disposed on the far side of the front end of the base portion 79a.
  • a recess for holding the front end side of the compression coil spring 84 is formed on the rear end surface of the spring holding portion 79b.
  • the rear end side of the compression coil spring 84 is held by a spring holding portion formed in the case body 81, and the lock member 79 is urged forward by the urging force of the compression coil spring 84.
  • a through hole 81 a through which the lock member 79 can pass is formed on the back side surface of the case body 81.
  • the lock member 79 protrudes from the back side of the case body 81 to the back side and engages with the lock plate 78, and as shown in FIGS. Is slidable in the front-rear direction while being guided by the guide pin 82 between the position accommodated in the case body 81.
  • the slide member 80 has a locking member contact portion 80a formed in a thick flat plate shape perpendicular to the vertical direction, and a thick flat plate shape orthogonal to the front-rear direction, and rises vertically upward from the front end of the locking member contact portion 80a. It is comprised from the magnet holding
  • the back end of the upper surface of the lock member contact portion 80a can be brought into contact with the inclined surface 79c of the lock member 79, and is formed into a curved surface with a small curvature radius.
  • a magnet for detecting that the lock 12 is in a locked state is fixed to the upper end side of the magnet holding portion 80b.
  • a guide shaft 86 extending downward is fixed to the bottom surface of the lock member contact portion 80a on the far end side.
  • the guide shaft 86 is supported by a sliding bearing disposed inside the bearing holder 87 so as to be movable up and down.
  • the bearing holder 87 is fixed to the case body 81.
  • a flange portion 86a that extends outward in the radial direction is formed.
  • the guide shaft 86 is inserted into the compression coil spring 88, and the lower end of the compression coil spring 88 is in contact with the upper surface of the flange portion 86a.
  • the upper end of the compression coil spring 88 is held by the bearing holder 87, and the slide member 80 and the guide shaft 86 are urged downward by the urging force of the compression coil spring 88.
  • a long and narrow opening 81b is formed on the front side surface of the case body 81 in the vertical direction.
  • the front end side of the slide member 80 is disposed in the opening 81b.
  • the front end of the slide member 80 and the front end of the case body 81 substantially coincide.
  • the arm 32 When closing the lock 12, the arm 32 is first rotated clockwise. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, the arm 32 housed in the case body 40 is rotated clockwise by the power of the motor 56. Then, as shown in FIG. 17, the distal end side of the locking portion 32b of the arm 32 enters the inside of the case body 81 from the opening 81b, contacts the boundary portion between the lock member contact portion 80a and the magnet holding portion 80b, and The slide member 80 biased to the side is lifted. When the arm 32 further rotates in the clockwise direction, the lock member contact portion 80a moves upward while contacting the inclined surface 79c of the lock member 79. Then, the lock member 79 biased to the front side slides to the back side, and the lock member 79 engages with the engagement hole of the lock plate 78.
  • the arm drive mechanism 33 includes a magnetic sensor (not shown) for detecting that the arm 32 has been rotated to the position shown in FIG.
  • the arm drive mechanism 33 includes a magnetic sensor for detecting that the arm 32 has been rotated until the slide member 80 is raised to a position where the lower surface of the lock member contact portion 80a exceeds the upper end surface of the base portion 79a.
  • This magnetic sensor is installed so that the arm 32 is rotated to the position shown in FIG. 18 when the magnetic sensor detects the magnet 54 fixed to the magnet holding portion 31c of the arm 31.
  • the arm 32 stops.
  • This magnetic sensor is connected to the controller 41.
  • This magnetic sensor is mounted on the sensor substrate 42 and is arranged on the left side of the arm 31.
  • the arm 32 is rotated counterclockwise.
  • the lower surface of the rear end side of the lock member contact portion 80a is caused by the biasing force of the compression coil spring 88 so that the front end of the base portion 79a and the front end of the spring holding portion 79b.
  • front end side upper end surface 79e To the upper end surface of the base portion 79a (hereinafter referred to as “front end side upper end surface 79e”).
  • front end side upper end surface 79e To the upper end surface of the base portion 79a (hereinafter referred to as “front end side upper end surface 79e”).
  • the urging force of the compression coil springs 84 and 88 causes the front end surface of the spring holding portion 79b to contact the rear end of the lock member contact portion 80a, and the lower surface of the rear end side of the lock member contact portion 80a is the front end side.
  • the gear train 57 is configured such that the rotation direction of the arm 31 and the rotation direction of the arm 32 are opposite to each other. Therefore, when the arm 32 rotates clockwise, When the arm 32 rotates counterclockwise and the arm 32 rotates counterclockwise, the arm 31 rotates clockwise. That is, in this embodiment, when the motor 56 rotates in one direction, the arms 31 and 32 rotate in a direction from the retracted position 31A toward the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, and the motor 56 moves in the other direction. When rotating in the direction, the arms 31 and 32 rotate in the direction in which the arm 32 closes the lock 12. In this embodiment, when the arm 32 closes the lock 12, the contact portion 31 b of the arm 31 is accommodated in the case body 40.
  • the release pin 83 is manually pushed to the back side.
  • the lock member 79 moves to the back side, the lock member contact portion 80a is detached from the front end side upper end surface 79e, and the front end side upper end surface 79e contacts the lock member contact portion 80a.
  • the state is released.
  • the slide member 80 is lowered to the position shown in FIG. 16 by the urging force of the compression coil spring 88.
  • the release pin 83 is released, the lock member 79 is moved forward by the urging force of the compression coil spring 84, the lock member 79 is released from the engagement hole of the lock plate 78, and the lock 12 is opened.
  • the front end surface of the spring holding portion 79b is in contact with the rear end of the lock member contact portion 80a, and the lower surface on the rear end side of the lock member contact portion 80a is in contact with the front end side upper end surface 79e.
  • a magnetic sensor 90 is provided for detecting a magnet fixed to the upper end side of the magnet holding portion 80b.
  • the magnetic sensor 90 is fixed to the case body 40 via a substrate.
  • the magnetic sensor 90 is connected to the controller.
  • the front end surface of the spring holding portion 79b is in contact with the rear end of the lock member contact portion 80a, and the lower surface on the rear end side of the lock member contact portion 80a is in contact with the front end side upper end surface 79e. Since the magnetic sensor 90 is used as a detection mechanism for detection, the position adjustment of the detection mechanism during assembly is easy, and the life of the detection mechanism is semi-permanent.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart illustrating an example of an operation flow of the movable unit 13 illustrated in FIG.
  • the movable unit 13 in the standby state is stopped on the left end side of the rail 10 as described above.
  • the arm 31 is disposed at the retracted position 31A.
  • a closing signal and a locking signal for the lock 12 are input to the station unit 11.
  • the closing signal of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and the locking signal of the lock 12 are sent from the infrared communication module 20 of the station unit 11 to the infrared communication module 37 of the movable unit 13, and the movable unit 13 starts its operation. That is, a signal for operating the movable unit 13 is transmitted from the station unit 11 to the movable unit 13.
  • the controller 41 of the movable unit 13 that has received the closing signal of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and the locking signal of the lock 12 from the station unit 11 moves the movable unit 13 on the left side of the left end of the outer frame 7 to the first detection position. It is moved to detect the open / close state of the outer window 3 (open / close state detection step, step S1).
  • step S ⁇ b> 1 the movable unit 13 that moves to the right from the standby position stops when the second sensor 39 detects the first magnet fixed to the magnet holder 45.
  • infrared light is emitted from the light emitting element of the first sensor 38, and the open / closed state of the outer window 3 is detected.
  • step S2 the controller 41 moves the arm 31 at the retracted position 31A to the second contact position 31C, and then moves the movable unit 13 to the second detection position in that state (first movable unit moving step, step S2). ).
  • step S2 the arm 31 at the retracted position 31A rotates clockwise to the second contact position 31C, and the arm 32 rotates counterclockwise.
  • step S2 the movable unit 13 moves rightward with the arm 31 at the second contact position 31C. Therefore, when the inner window 4 is open, the contact portion 31b of the arm 31 is moved to the inner window 4. The inner window 4 is closed in contact with the left side surface of the left end portion of the bag.
  • step S ⁇ b> 2 the movable unit 13 that moves to the right from the first detection position stops when the second sensor 39 detects the second magnet fixed to the magnet holder 46.
  • the inner window 4 is open, the inner window 4 is completely closed when the movable unit 13 moves to the second detection position.
  • step S4 the controller 41 closes the lock 12 (second locking step, step S4).
  • step S4 first, the arm 32 rotates clockwise to close the lock 12. At this time, when the arm 32 rotates clockwise until the arm 31 at the second contact position 31C passes the retreat position 31A, the contact portion 68a of the clamp member 68 contacts the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c of the rail 10. Thus, the movable unit 13 is fixed to the rail 10. In step S4, thereafter, the arm 32 rotates counterclockwise until the arm 31 is disposed at the retracted position 31A.
  • step S5 the controller 41 determines whether or not the lock 12 has been successfully locked.
  • step S5 the front end surface of the spring holding portion 79b is in contact with the rear end of the lock member contact portion 80a, and the lower surface on the rear end side of the lock member contact portion 80a is in contact with the front end side upper end surface 79e.
  • the controller 41 determines that the lock 12 has been successfully locked.
  • the controller 41 has failed to lock the lock 12.
  • step S ⁇ b> 5 a signal notifying whether or not the locking is successful is transmitted from the infrared communication module 37 of the movable unit 13 to the infrared communication module 20 of the station unit 11. That is, a signal that informs the success or failure of locking is transmitted from the movable unit 13 to the station unit 11.
  • a signal notifying the success or failure of locking is transmitted from the station unit 11 to the mobile terminal device 17.
  • step S5 If it is determined in step S5 that the lock 12 has been successfully locked, the controller 41 moves the movable unit 13 to the standby position (step S6), and the outer window 3 and inner window 4 by the window closing device 1 are moved. The closing operation and the locking operation of the lock 12 are completed.
  • step S ⁇ b> 6 the movable unit 13 that moves to the left from the second detection position stops when the second sensor 39 detects the third magnet fixed to the magnet holder 47.
  • step S7 after the predetermined abnormality process is executed (step S7), the closing operation of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 by the window closing device 1 is performed. And the locking operation of the lock 12 is completed.
  • step S2 when it is detected in step S1 that the outer window 3 is open (in the case of “No” in step S3), after step S2, the controller 41 moves the arm 31 at the second contact position 31C. Is moved to the first contact position 31B, and in this state, the movable unit 13 is moved to the left and until the outer window 3 is closed (second movable unit moving step, step S8).
  • step S8 since the movable unit 13 moves leftward with the arm 31 at the first contact position 31B, the contact portion 31b of the arm 31 comes into contact with the right side surface of the left end portion of the outer window 3 so as to be removed. Close window 3.
  • step S9 after the arm 31 at the first contact position 31B moves to the second contact position 31C or the retracted position 31A, the movable unit 13 moves to the second detection position. Then, similarly to step S4, the lock 12 is closed (first locking step, step S10), and the process proceeds to step S5.
  • the window closing device 1 of this embodiment includes the rail 10 disposed along the window frame 5 and the movable unit 13 that engages with the rail 10 and moves along the rail 10.
  • the movable unit 13 includes a unit driving mechanism 30 that moves the movable unit 13 along the rail 10, and an arm 31 that contacts the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 to close the outer window 3 and the inner window 4.
  • the window closing device 1 can be attached to the existing sliding window 2. That is, in this embodiment, the window closing device 1 can be attached to the existing sliding window 2 without modifying the existing sliding window 2. Therefore, in this embodiment, even when the window closing device 1 is attached to the existing sliding window 2, the attaching operation can be easily performed.
  • the movable unit 13 since the movable unit 13 includes the storage battery 35 that supplies power to the unit drive mechanism 30 and the arm drive mechanism 33, it is not necessary to connect power supply wiring to the movable unit 13. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to more easily perform the attaching operation of the window closing device 1.
  • the first sensor 38 for detecting the open / closed state of the outer window 3 and the second sensor 39 for detecting the standby position, the first detection position, and the second detection position of the movable unit 13 are provided. Since it is a non-contact type sensor, there is no need to contact the first sensor 38 on the movable unit 13 side and the outer window 3, and the rail 10 or the sliding window 2 which is a fixed side member and the movable unit 13 side. There is no need to contact the second sensor 39. Therefore, in this embodiment, even if the accuracy of attaching the window closing device 1 is not so high, the open / close state of the outer window 3 is detected, and the standby position, the first detection position, and the second detection position are detected. Is possible. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to more easily perform the attaching operation of the window closing device 1.
  • the movable unit 13 includes an arm drive mechanism 33 that drives the arm 31, and the arm drive mechanism 33 is located between the retract position 31A, the first contact position 31B, and the second contact position 31C. Is rotating. Therefore, in this embodiment, even when the window closing device 1 is attached to the sliding window 2, the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are closed by bringing the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 into contact with the arm 31. When the movable unit 13 moves, the interference between the arm 31 and the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 can be prevented when the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 do not need to be in contact with the arm 31. It becomes possible.
  • the arm driving mechanism 33 can rotate the arm 31 to the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, so that the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are used using the common arm 31. Can be closed. Therefore, in this embodiment, the number of parts of the movable unit 13 can be reduced.
  • the movable unit 13 includes an arm 32 that closes the lock 12, and the arm 32 is operated by the power of the motor 56 that constitutes the arm drive mechanism 33. Therefore, in this embodiment, the lock 12 can be automatically closed by the arm 32. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to enhance the crime prevention effect of a house or the like to which the sliding window 2 is attached.
  • the movable unit 13 of this embodiment includes an arm 32 for closing the lock 12, so that the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are closed.
  • the arm 31 may be formed in a required shape, and the arm 32 may be formed in a shape required for closing the lock 12. Therefore, the shapes of the arms 31 and 32 can be simplified. Further, in this embodiment, since the arm 31 and the arm 32 are connected to the common motor 56, the configuration of the movable unit 13 can be simplified even if the arm 31 and the arm 32 are provided separately. It becomes possible.
  • the arms 31 and 32 rotate in a direction from the retracted position 31A toward the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, and the motor 56 moves in the other direction.
  • the arms 31 and 32 rotate in the direction in which the arm 32 closes the lock 12.
  • the arm 31 is at the first contact position 31B and at the second contact position 31C
  • the locking portion 32a of the arm 32 is accommodated in the case body 40
  • the arm When 32 closes the lock 12, the contact portion 31 b and the magnet holding portion 31 c of the arm 31 are accommodated in the case body 40. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to prevent interference between the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and the arm 32 when the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are closed, and the arm 31 and the lock when the lock 12 is closed. Interference with 12 can be prevented.
  • the movable unit 13 includes a clamp mechanism 34 for fixing the movable unit 13 to the rail 10 when the lock 12 is closed. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to reliably close the lock 12 by suppressing the rattling of the movable unit 13 when the lock 12 is closed.
  • the clamp mechanism 34 is operated using the motor 46 of the arm drive mechanism 33, a motor for operating the clamp mechanism 34 is provided separately from the motor 46 of the arm drive mechanism 33. Compared to the case, the configuration of the movable unit 13 can be simplified.
  • the unit drive mechanism 30 includes a guide roller 52 that is disposed so as to sandwich the guide wall 10d of the rail 10 in the front-rear direction. For this reason, in this embodiment, it is possible to suppress rattling during the movement of the movable unit 13 that moves in the left-right direction.
  • the storage battery 35 is disposed below the driving roller 50 when viewed from the front-rear direction. That is, in this embodiment, the relatively heavy storage battery 35 is disposed at a position closer to the driving roller 50 than the driven roller 51. Therefore, in this embodiment, the frictional force between the roller contact surface 10e and the drive roller 50 is increased. Therefore, in this embodiment, when the movable unit 13 moves, it is difficult for slippage to occur between the roller contact surface 10e and the driving roller 50, and as a result, the movable unit 13 can be reliably moved.
  • the storage battery 35 can be contactlessly charged by the power transmission coil 22 of the station unit 11 and the power reception coil 36 of the movable unit 13. Therefore, in this embodiment, the configuration of the window closing device 1 can be simplified as compared with the case where the storage battery 35 is contact-charged. That is, when the storage battery 35 is contact-charged, it is necessary to connect the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 and to maintain this connected state, so that the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 are connected. Although the structure and the structure for maintaining a connection state are needed, in this form, it is not necessary to provide these structures. Therefore, in this embodiment, the configuration of the window closing device 1 can be simplified.
  • the movable unit 13 in the standby state is stopped on the left end side of the rail 10 so that the entire movable unit 13 is arranged on the left side of the left end of the outer frame 7. Therefore, in this embodiment, when the window closing device 1 is not used, it is possible to prevent the lighting performance of the sliding window 2 from being lowered due to the influence of the movable unit 13.
  • the arm 31 without detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4, the arm 31 is moved to the second contact position 31C in step S2, and then the movable unit 13 is moved to the second detection position in that state. Yes. That is, in this embodiment, the inner window 4 can be closed, but the open / closed state of the inner window 4 is not detected. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to reliably close the inner window 4 while simplifying the control of the window closing device 1 as compared with the case of detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4. Further, in this embodiment, it is possible to perform the window closing operation of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and the locking operation of the lock 12 in a short time compared to the case of detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4.
  • the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 can be closed and the lock 12 can be closed by remote control from the mobile terminal device 17. Therefore, with this form, it becomes possible to improve crime prevention properties, such as a house where the window closing apparatus 1 is installed.
  • the two magnets 55 are magnetized so that the left magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the left magnetic pole of the other magnet 55 are different from each other. Yes. That is, in this embodiment, the two magnets 55 are magnetized so that the right magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the right magnetic pole of the other magnet 55 are different from each other. Therefore, in this embodiment, as described above, the magnetic sensor that detects the retracted position 31A detects the switching of the magnetic poles of the two magnets 55, so that the retracted position 31A can be detected.
  • the arms 31 and 32 rotate in a direction from the retracted position 31A toward the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, and the motor 56
  • the arms 31 and 32 are rotated in the direction in which the arm 32 closes the lock 12, so depending on whether the magnetic sensor that detects the retreat position 31 ⁇ / b> A detects the N pole or the S pole. It becomes possible to grasp which of the arms 31 and 32 protrudes from the case body 40.
  • the arm 31 depends on whether the magnetic sensor that detects the retreat position 31A detects the N pole or the S pole. , 32 can be grasped from the case body 40, and as a result, the arms 31, 32 can be reliably accommodated in the case body 40 after the power is restored.
  • the window closing device 1 includes the rail 10 arranged along the window frame 5, the station unit 11 fixed to the rail 10, the rail 10, and the rail 10. And a movable unit 13 that moves.
  • the movable unit 13 includes a unit driving mechanism 30 that moves the movable unit 13 along the rail 10, and an arm 31 that contacts the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 to close the outer window 3 and the inner window 4.
  • the rail 10 is installed along the window frame 5, the station unit 11 is fixed to the rail 10, and the movable unit 13 is engaged with the rail 10.
  • the closing device 1 can be attached. That is, in this embodiment, the window closing device 1 can be attached to the existing sliding window 2 without modifying the existing sliding window 2. Therefore, in this embodiment, even when the window closing device 1 is attached to the existing sliding window 2, the attaching operation can be easily performed.
  • the first sensor 38 for detecting the open / closed state of the outer window 3 and the second sensor 39 for detecting the standby position, the first detection position, and the second detection position of the movable unit 13 are provided. Since it is a non-contact type sensor, there is no need to contact the first sensor 38 on the movable unit 13 side and the outer window 3, and the rail 10 or the sliding window 2 which is a fixed side member and the movable unit 13 side. There is no need to contact the second sensor 39. Therefore, in this embodiment, even if the accuracy of attaching the window closing device 1 is not so high, the open / close state of the outer window 3 is detected, and the standby position, the first detection position, and the second detection position are detected. Is possible. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to more easily perform the attaching operation of the window closing device 1.
  • the rail 10 formed in a substantially square groove shape can suppress disturbance light from entering the portion where the optical wireless communication between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 is performed. . Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to prevent malfunction of the movable unit 13 due to disturbance light.
  • the movable unit 13 includes an arm drive mechanism 33 that drives the arm 31, and the arm drive mechanism 33 is located between the retract position 31A, the first contact position 31B, and the second contact position 31C. Is rotating. Therefore, in this embodiment, even when the window closing device 1 is attached to the sliding window 2, the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are closed by bringing the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 into contact with the arm 31. When the movable unit 13 moves, the interference between the arm 31 and the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 can be prevented when the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 do not need to be in contact with the arm 31. It becomes possible.
  • the arm driving mechanism 33 can rotate the arm 31 to the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, so that the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are used using the common arm 31. Can be closed. Therefore, in this embodiment, the number of parts of the movable unit 13 can be reduced.
  • the movable unit 13 includes an arm 32 that closes the lock 12, and the arm 32 is operated by the power of the motor 56 that constitutes the arm drive mechanism 33. Therefore, in this embodiment, the lock 12 can be automatically closed by the arm 32. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to enhance the crime prevention effect of a house or the like to which the sliding window 2 is attached.
  • the movable unit 13 of this embodiment includes an arm 32 for closing the lock 12, so that the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are closed.
  • the arm 31 may be formed in a required shape, and the arm 32 may be formed in a shape required for closing the lock 12. Therefore, the shapes of the arms 31 and 32 can be simplified.
  • the storage battery 35 can be contactlessly charged by the power transmission coil 22 of the station unit 11 and the power reception coil 36 of the movable unit 13. Therefore, in this embodiment, the configuration of the window closing device 1 can be simplified as compared with the case where the storage battery 35 is contact-charged. That is, when the storage battery 35 is contact-charged, it is necessary to connect the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 and to maintain this connected state, so that the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 are connected. Although the structure and the structure for maintaining a connection state are needed, in this form, it is not necessary to provide these structures. Therefore, in this embodiment, the configuration of the window closing device 1 can be simplified.
  • the movable unit 13 in the standby state is stopped on the left end side of the rail 10 so that the entire movable unit 13 is arranged on the left side of the left end of the outer frame 7. Therefore, in this embodiment, when the window closing device 1 is not used, it is possible to prevent the lighting performance of the sliding window 2 from being lowered due to the influence of the movable unit 13.
  • the arm 31 without detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4, the arm 31 is moved to the second contact position 31C in step S2, and then the movable unit 13 is moved to the second detection position in that state. Yes. That is, in this embodiment, the inner window 4 can be closed, but the open / closed state of the inner window 4 is not detected. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to reliably close the inner window 4 while simplifying the control of the window closing device 1 as compared with the case of detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4. Further, in this embodiment, it is possible to perform the window closing operation of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and the locking operation of the lock 12 in a short time compared to the case of detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4.
  • the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 can be closed and the lock 12 can be closed by remote control from the mobile terminal device 17.
  • the movable unit 13 can be operated by remote control using the portable terminal device 17 from outside, the outside window 3 and the inside window 4 of the house being absent can be closed, and the lock 12 can be closed. Therefore, with this form, it becomes possible to improve crime prevention properties, such as a house where the window closing apparatus 1 is installed.
  • a signal notifying whether the lock 12 is locked is transmitted from the movable unit 13 to the station unit 11, and a signal notifying whether the lock 12 is locked is transmitted from the station unit 11 to the mobile terminal device 17. Therefore, for example, it is possible to confirm whether or not the lock 12 is locked even when the user is away from home.
  • the two magnets 55 are magnetized so that the left magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the left magnetic pole of the other magnet 55 are different from each other. Yes. That is, in this embodiment, the two magnets 55 are magnetized so that the right magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the right magnetic pole of the other magnet 55 are different from each other. Therefore, in this embodiment, as described above, the magnetic sensor that detects the retracted position 31A detects the switching of the magnetic poles of the two magnets 55, so that the retracted position 31A can be detected.
  • the arms 31 and 32 rotate in a direction from the retracted position 31A toward the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, and the motor 56
  • the arms 31 and 32 are rotated in the direction in which the arm 32 closes the lock 12, so depending on whether the magnetic sensor that detects the retreat position 31 ⁇ / b> A detects the N pole or the S pole. It becomes possible to grasp which of the arms 31 and 32 protrudes from the case body 40.
  • the arm 31 depends on whether the magnetic sensor that detects the retreat position 31A detects the N pole or the S pole. , 32 can be grasped from the case body 40, and as a result, the arms 31, 32 can be reliably accommodated in the case body 40 after the power is restored.
  • the movable unit 13 includes the arm 32 that closes the lock 12.
  • the arm 31 and the arm drive mechanism 33 are configured so that the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 can be closed and the lock 12 can be closed. You can close it.
  • the movable unit 13 since the arm 32 is not necessary, the number of parts of the movable unit 13 can be reduced.
  • the shape of the arm 31 is complicated.
  • the movable unit 13 includes the arm 31 for closing the outer window 3 and the inner window 4.
  • the movable unit 13 closes the arm for closing the outer window 3 and the inner window 4.
  • the arm may be provided separately.
  • the arm 31 and the arm 32 are rotated by the arm driving mechanism 33.
  • the arm driving mechanism for rotating the arm 31 and the arm driving mechanism for rotating the arm 32 are separately provided. It may be provided.
  • the clamp mechanism 34 is operated using the motor 56 of the arm drive mechanism 33. However, a motor for operating the clamp mechanism 34 may be separately provided.
  • the storage battery 35 is charged by non-contact charging by the power transmission coil 22 of the station unit 11 and the power reception coil 36 of the movable unit 13.
  • the storage battery 35 may be charged by contact charging in which the charging terminal on the station unit 11 side and the charging terminal on the movable unit 13 side are brought into contact to charge the storage battery 35.
  • the first sensor 38 and the second sensor 39 are non-contact type sensors, but the first sensor 38 and the second sensor 39 may be contact type sensors.
  • the window closing system 15 includes the wireless LAN router 16, but instead of the wireless LAN router 16, a wired LAN router is provided, and the wired LAN router and the station unit 11 are connected to the LAN. It may be connected by a cable.
  • information can be communicated between the station unit 11 and the mobile terminal device 17 via the wireless LAN router 16.
  • the station unit 11 and the mobile terminal device 17 can communicate with each other. It may be possible to communicate information directly with each other.
  • the movable unit 13 is moved to the second detection position while the arm 31 is moved to the second contact position 31C without detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4.
  • the movable unit 13 with the arm 31 disposed at the second contact position 31C is moved to the right.
  • the movable unit 13 with the arm 31 disposed at the retracted position 31A is moved rightward to the second detection position. May be.
  • the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 when the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are open, the outer window 3 is closed after the inner window 4 is closed first, but the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are closed.
  • the outer window 3 When open, the outer window 3 may be closed first, and then the inner window 4 may be closed.
  • the arm 31 may open the outer window 3 and / or the inner window 4. That is, the window closing device 1 may open the outer window 3 and the inner window 4. Moreover, in the form mentioned above, although the arm 32 has closed the lock
  • FIG. In this case, a sensor for detecting temperature (temperature sensor), a sensor for detecting humidity (humidity sensor) and / or a sensor for detecting brightness (brightness sensor), etc.
  • the temperature sensor, humidity sensor, and / or lightness sensor, etc. which are arranged in the same manner, are connected to the window closing device 1 and the movable unit 13 is operated based on the detection results of these sensors, and the outer window 3 and / or the inner sensor
  • the opening and closing of the window 4 and the opening and closing of the lock 12 may be performed automatically.
  • the curtain attached to the window frame 5 or the like may be opened and closed by the arm 31 so that the contact portion 31 b of the arm 31 protrudes to the front side of the case body 40.
  • the window closing device 1 includes the single rail 10, but the window closing device 1 is adjacent to each other so as to contact each other or adjacent to each other with a slight gap. May be provided.
  • each of the plurality of rails 10 is attached to the outer frame 7 constituting each of the plurality of sliding windows 2. Therefore, in this case, it is possible to close the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 of the plurality of sliding windows 2 by using a single movable unit 13 and to lock the locks 12 of the plurality of sliding windows 2. It becomes possible to close.
  • one rail 10 may be attached so as to straddle a plurality of sliding windows 2. Even in this case, it is possible to close the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 of the plurality of sliding windows 2 by using one movable unit 13 and to lock the locks 12 of the plurality of sliding windows 2. It becomes possible to close.
  • the window closing device 1 is attached to the sliding window 2 in which both the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 can be opened and closed.
  • the window closing device 1 may be attached to a sliding window in which only one of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 can be opened and closed.
  • the arm 31 may be fixed.
  • the window closing apparatus 1 may be attached to the sliding window 2 opened and closed in a horizontal direction, the window closing apparatus 1 may be attached to the raising / lowering window opened and closed in an up-down direction.
  • the rail 10 is fixed to the right end portion or the left end portion of the outer frame of the raising / lowering window via a plurality of brackets.
  • the window closing device 1 is a vertical sliding window. Or it may be attached to a side sliding window. Moreover, the window closing device to which the present invention is applied may be attached to an outside fall window or an inside fall window.
  • the shape of the arm is set to a predetermined shape and / or by setting the shape of the rail 10 to a predetermined shape
  • the vertical sliding window, the side sliding window, the outside falling window, or the inside falling window is closed. It becomes possible.
  • the shape of the arm to a predetermined shape and / or by setting the shape of the rail 10 to a predetermined shape
  • the vertical sliding window, the side sliding window, the outside falling window, or the inside falling window Can also be opened.
  • the fitting closing device to which this invention is applied is a door, a screen door, a shutter, etc. It may be one that closes fittings other than windows.
  • a camera may be mounted on the station unit 11 and / or the movable unit 13. In this case, for example, an image acquired by this camera is transmitted to the mobile terminal device 17 via the wireless LAN router 16.
  • the station unit 11 and / or the detection unit that detects an external intruder entering the house or the like to which the sliding window 2 is attached and the alarm unit that issues an alarm based on the detection result of the detection unit.
  • it may be attached to the movable unit 13.
  • the magnetic sensor is used to detect each of the retracted position 31A, the first contact position 31B, and the second contact position 31C, and to detect that the arm 32 has rotated to the position shown in FIG. Yes.
  • each of the retracted position 31A, the first contact position 31B, and the second contact position 31C is detected using an encoder that detects the amount of rotation of the motor 56, and the arm 32 is moved to the position shown in FIG. It may be detected that is rotated.
  • the stop positions of the arms 31 and 32 can be set to arbitrary positions. Accordingly, various windows and the like can be closed and various locks can be closed.

Landscapes

  • Power-Operated Mechanisms For Wings (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a fitting closing device for automatically closing an openable and closable fitting, the fitting closing device enabling easy mounting work even when being mounted to existing equipment such as a double sliding window. For example, a fitting closing device (1) is provided with a rail (10) that is disposed along a fitting frame (5) on the inner side of which openable and closable fittings (3, 4) are disposed, and a movable unit (13) that engages with the rail (10) and moves along the rail (10). The movable unit (13) is provided with a unit drive mechanism that moves the movable unit (13) along the rail, and an arm that closes the fittings (3, 4) by coming into contact with the fittings (3, 4). Further, the fitting closing device (1) is provided with a station unit (11) secured to the rail (10). In this fitting closing device (1), optical wireless communication or wireless communication is performed between the station unit (11) and the movable unit (13).

Description

建具閉め装置および建具閉め装置の制御方法Joiner closing device and control method of joiner closing device
 本発明は、窓や扉等の開閉可能な建具を自動で閉めるための建具閉め装置に関する。また、本発明は、かかる建具閉め装置の制御方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a fitting closing device for automatically closing a fitting that can be opened and closed such as a window or a door. The present invention also relates to a method for controlling such a fitting closing device.
 従来、引き違い窓を自動で開閉するための自動開閉装置が知られている(たとえば、特許文献1参照)。特許文献1に記載の自動開閉装置は、一方の引き窓の縦框にブラケットを介して固定されるモータと、他方の引き窓の下框に固定されるラックギアとを備えている。モータの出力軸には、ピニオンギアが固定されており、このピニオンギアは、他方の引き窓に固定されるラックギアと噛み合っている。この自動開閉装置では、リモートコントローラからの操作によって、モータが起動し、引き違い窓が開いたり、閉じたりする。 Conventionally, an automatic opening and closing device for automatically opening and closing a sliding window is known (for example, see Patent Document 1). The automatic opening / closing device described in Patent Document 1 includes a motor that is fixed to a vertical shaft of one sliding window via a bracket, and a rack gear that is fixed to the lower arm of the other sliding window. A pinion gear is fixed to the output shaft of the motor, and this pinion gear meshes with a rack gear fixed to the other sliding window. In this automatic opening / closing device, the motor is started by the operation from the remote controller, and the sliding window is opened or closed.
特開平6-173528号公報JP-A-6-173528
 特許文献1に記載の自動開閉装置では、一方の引き窓の框にモータが固定され、他方の引き窓の框にラックギアが固定されている。そのため、この自動開閉装置を既存の引き違い窓に取り付ける場合には、モータおよびラックギアの取付が煩雑になる。すなわち、特許文献1に記載の自動開閉装置では、装置を既存の引き違い窓に取り付ける場合の作業が煩雑になる。 In the automatic opening / closing device described in Patent Document 1, a motor is fixed to one of the sliding window cages, and a rack gear is fixed to the other sliding window cage. Therefore, when this automatic opening / closing device is attached to an existing sliding window, the installation of the motor and the rack gear becomes complicated. That is, in the automatic opening / closing device described in Patent Document 1, the work for attaching the device to an existing sliding window becomes complicated.
 そこで、本発明の課題は、開閉可能な建具を自動で閉めるための建具閉め装置において、引き違い窓等の既存の設備に取り付ける場合であっても、その取付作業を容易に行うことが可能な建具閉め装置を提供することにある。 Therefore, the problem of the present invention is that, in a fitting closing device for automatically closing an openable and closable fitting, even when the fitting is attached to existing equipment such as a sliding window, the attachment work can be easily performed. The object is to provide a joiner closing device.
 上記の課題を解決するため、本発明の建具閉め装置は、開閉可能な建具が内側に配置される建具枠に沿って配置されるレールと、レールに係合するとともにレールに沿って移動する可動ユニットとを備え、可動ユニットは、可動ユニットをレールに沿って移動させるユニット駆動機構と、建具に接触して建具を閉めるアームとを備えることを特徴とする。 In order to solve the above-described problems, a fitting closing device according to the present invention includes a rail that is arranged along a fitting frame in which an openable and closable fitting is arranged, a movable that engages with the rail and moves along the rail. The movable unit includes a unit driving mechanism that moves the movable unit along the rail, and an arm that contacts the joinery and closes the joinery.
 本発明の建具閉め装置は、建具枠に沿って配置されるレールと、レールに沿って移動する可動ユニットとを備えており、可動ユニットは、ユニット駆動機構と、建具に接触して建具を閉めるアームとを備えている。そのため、本発明では、建具枠に沿ってレールを設置し、かつ、可動ユニットをレールに係合させれば、引き違い窓等の既存の設備に建具閉め装置を取り付けることが可能になる。すなわち、本発明では、引き違い窓等の既存の設備を改造しなくても、引き違い窓等の既存の設備に建具閉め装置を取り付けることが可能になる。したがって、本発明では、引き違い窓等の既存の設備に建具閉め装置を取り付ける場合であっても、その取付作業を容易に行うことが可能になる。 The fitting closing device of the present invention includes a rail arranged along a fitting frame and a movable unit that moves along the rail. The movable unit closes the fitting in contact with the unit driving mechanism and the fitting. And arm. Therefore, in this invention, if a rail is installed along a joinery frame and a movable unit is engaged with a rail, it becomes possible to attach a joinery closing device to existing equipment such as a sliding window. That is, according to the present invention, it is possible to attach the joinery closing device to the existing equipment such as the sliding window without modifying the existing equipment such as the sliding window. Therefore, in this invention, even if it is a case where a fitting closing device is attached to existing facilities, such as a sliding window, the attachment operation | work can be performed easily.
 本発明において、可動ユニットは、アームを駆動するアーム駆動機構を備え、アーム駆動機構は、建具にアームが接触可能な接触位置と、可動ユニットの移動時に建具に接触しないようにアームが退避する退避位置とにアームを移動させることが好ましい。このように構成すると、建具閉め装置が取り付けられる既存の設備の種類にかかわらず、可動ユニットが移動する際のアームと建具との干渉を防止することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the movable unit includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm. The arm drive mechanism includes a contact position where the arm can contact the joinery and a retreat where the arm retracts so as not to contact the joinery when the movable unit moves. It is preferable to move the arm to the position. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to prevent interference with an arm and joinery at the time of a movable unit moving irrespective of the kind of the existing installation to which a joinery closing device is attached.
 本発明において、建具閉め装置は、建具が開かないように建具を固定する錠を備え、可動ユニットは、錠を閉める錠用アームを備えることが好ましい。このように構成すると、錠用アームによって錠を自動で閉めることが可能になるため、建具閉め装置が取り付けられる家屋等の防犯効果を高めることが可能になる。また、このように構成すると、建具を閉めるために必要とされる形状にアームを形成し、錠を閉めるために必要とされる形状に錠用アームを形成すれば良いため、アームおよび錠用アームの形状を簡素化することが可能になる。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the joinery closing device includes a lock for fixing the joinery so that the joinery does not open, and the movable unit includes a locking arm for closing the lock. If comprised in this way, since it will become possible to close a lock | rock automatically by the arm for a lock | rock, it will become possible to heighten the crime prevention effect of the house etc. to which a fitting closing device is attached. Also, with this configuration, the arm and the locking arm can be formed by forming the arm in the shape required for closing the joinery and forming the locking arm in the shape required for closing the lock. It becomes possible to simplify the shape.
 本発明において、アームと錠用アームとは、共通のモータに連結され、モータが一方向へ回転すると、アームが退避位置から接触位置へ向かう方向へアームおよび錠用アームが回動し、モータが他方向へ回転すると、錠用アームが錠を閉める方向へアームおよび錠用アームが回動することが好ましい。このように構成すると、アームと錠用アームとが共通のモータに連結されるため、アームと錠用アームとが別個に設けられていても、可動ユニットの構成を簡素化することが可能になる。また、このように構成すると、モータが一方向へ回転すれば、アームが退避位置から接触位置へ向かう方向へアームおよび錠用アームが回動し、モータが他方向へ回転すれば、錠用アームが錠を閉める方向へアームおよび錠用アームが回動するため、建具を閉める際の建具と錠用アームとの干渉を防止することが可能になるとともに、錠を閉める際のアームと錠との干渉を防止することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the arm and the locking arm are connected to a common motor, and when the motor rotates in one direction, the arm and the locking arm rotate in the direction from the retracted position to the contact position, When rotating in the other direction, it is preferable that the arm and the locking arm rotate in a direction in which the locking arm closes the lock. With this configuration, since the arm and the locking arm are connected to a common motor, the configuration of the movable unit can be simplified even if the arm and the locking arm are provided separately. . Also, with this configuration, if the motor rotates in one direction, the arm and the locking arm rotate in the direction from the retracted position to the contact position, and if the motor rotates in the other direction, the locking arm Since the arm and the lock arm rotate in the direction to close the lock, it is possible to prevent interference between the joinery and the lock arm when closing the joinery, and between the arm and lock when closing the lock. Interference can be prevented.
 本発明において、建具閉め装置は、建具が開かないように建具を固定する錠を備え、アーム駆動機構は、アームを移動させて錠を閉めても良い。この場合には、アームによって錠を自動で閉めることが可能になるため、建具閉め装置が取り付けられる家屋等の防犯効果を高めることが可能になる。また、この場合には、アームに加えて、錠を閉めるための錠用アームを別途設ける必要がないため、可動ユニットの部品点数を削減することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the joinery closing device may include a lock that fixes the joinery so that the joinery does not open, and the arm driving mechanism may move the arm to close the lock. In this case, since the lock can be automatically closed by the arm, the crime prevention effect of a house or the like to which the fitting closing device is attached can be enhanced. Further, in this case, it is not necessary to separately provide a locking arm for closing the lock in addition to the arm, so that the number of parts of the movable unit can be reduced.
 本発明において、建具は、引き違い窓を構成する第1窓および第2窓であり、第1窓は、室外側に配置され、第2窓は、室内側に配置され、アーム駆動機構は、第1窓にアームが接触可能な第1接触位置と、第2窓にアームが接触可能な第2接触位置とにアームを移動させることが好ましい。このように構成すると、共通のアームを用いて、第1窓と第2窓とを閉めることができるため、可動ユニットの部品点数を削減することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the joinery is a first window and a second window constituting a sliding window, the first window is disposed on the outdoor side, the second window is disposed on the indoor side, and the arm drive mechanism is The arm is preferably moved to a first contact position where the arm can contact the first window and a second contact position where the arm can contact the second window. If comprised in this way, since a 1st window and a 2nd window can be closed using a common arm, it becomes possible to reduce the number of parts of a movable unit.
 本発明において、可動ユニットは、錠を閉めるときに、レールに対して可動ユニットを固定するためのクランプ機構を備えることが好ましい。このように構成すると、錠を閉める際の可動ユニットのがたつきを抑制することが可能になる。したがって、錠を確実に閉めることが可能になる。 In the present invention, the movable unit preferably includes a clamp mechanism for fixing the movable unit to the rail when the lock is closed. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to suppress the shakiness of the movable unit at the time of closing a lock | rock. Therefore, it is possible to securely close the lock.
 本発明において、アーム駆動機構の駆動源とクランプ機構の駆動源とが共通であることが好ましい。このように構成すると、アーム駆動機構の駆動源とクランプ機構の駆動源とが別個に設けられている場合と比較して、可動ユニットの構成を簡素化することが可能になる。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the drive source of the arm drive mechanism and the drive source of the clamp mechanism are common. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to simplify the structure of a movable unit compared with the case where the drive source of an arm drive mechanism and the drive source of a clamp mechanism are provided separately.
 本発明において、ユニット駆動機構は、駆動用モータと、駆動用モータに連結され駆動用モータからの駆動力によって水平方向を回転の軸方向として回転する駆動ローラとを備え、レールは、鉛直方向に直交するとともに駆動ローラの下端が接触するローラ接触面と、ローラ接触面から垂直に立ち上るとともに鉛直方向と可動ユニットの移動方向とから構成される平面に平行なガイド壁部とを備え、ユニット駆動機構はさらに、ガイド壁部を挟むように配置され鉛直方向を回転の軸方向として回転するガイドローラを備えることが好ましい。このように構成すると、ガイド壁部とガイドローラとによって、可動ユニットが移動する際のがたつきを抑制することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the unit drive mechanism includes a drive motor, and a drive roller that is connected to the drive motor and rotates with the driving force from the drive motor as a horizontal axis direction, and the rail extends in the vertical direction. A unit drive mechanism comprising: a roller contact surface that is orthogonal and contacts the lower end of the drive roller; and a guide wall that rises perpendicularly from the roller contact surface and is parallel to a plane composed of the vertical direction and the moving direction of the movable unit Furthermore, it is preferable that a guide roller which is arranged so as to sandwich the guide wall portion and rotates with the vertical direction as an axial direction of rotation is provided. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to suppress the shakiness at the time of a movable unit moving by a guide wall part and a guide roller.
 本発明において、可動ユニットは、アームを駆動するアーム駆動機構と、ユニット駆動機構およびアーム駆動機構に電力を供給する蓄電池とを備えることが好ましい。このように構成すると、可動ユニットに電力供給用の配線を接続しなくても良いため、建具閉め装置の取付作業をより容易に行うことが可能になる。 In the present invention, the movable unit preferably includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm, and a storage battery that supplies power to the unit drive mechanism and the arm drive mechanism. If comprised in this way, since it is not necessary to connect the wiring for electric power supply to a movable unit, it becomes possible to perform attachment work of a fitting closing device more easily.
 本発明において、ユニット駆動機構は、駆動用モータと、駆動用モータに連結され駆動用モータからの駆動力によって水平方向を回転の軸方向として回転する駆動ローラと、駆動用モータと切り離され駆動ローラの回転の軸方向と平行な方向を回転の軸方向として回転する従動ローラとを備え、レールは、鉛直方向に直交するとともに駆動ローラの下端および従動ローラの下端が接触するローラ接触面を備え、駆動ローラと従動ローラとは、可動ユニットの移動方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で配置され、蓄電池は、可動ユニットの移動方向において、従動ローラよりも駆動ローラに近い位置に配置されていることが好ましい。このように構成すると、比較的重量の重い蓄電池が従動ローラよりも駆動ローラに近い位置に配置されるため、ローラ接触面と駆動ローラとの間の摩擦力が大きくなる。したがって、可動ユニットが移動する際に、ローラ接触面と駆動ローラとの間に滑りが生じにくくなり、その結果、可動ユニットを確実に移動させることが可能になる。 In the present invention, the unit drive mechanism includes a drive motor, a drive roller that is connected to the drive motor and rotates with the driving force from the drive motor as a horizontal axis, and a drive roller that is separated from the drive motor. And a driven roller that rotates in a direction parallel to the axial direction of the rotation, and the rail includes a roller contact surface that is orthogonal to the vertical direction and that contacts the lower end of the driving roller and the lower end of the driven roller, The driving roller and the driven roller are arranged at a predetermined interval in the moving direction of the movable unit, and the storage battery is arranged closer to the driving roller than the driven roller in the moving direction of the movable unit. Is preferred. If comprised in this way, since a comparatively heavy storage battery is arrange | positioned in the position near a drive roller rather than a driven roller, the frictional force between a roller contact surface and a drive roller becomes large. Therefore, when the movable unit moves, it becomes difficult for slippage to occur between the roller contact surface and the drive roller, and as a result, the movable unit can be reliably moved.
 本発明において、建具閉め装置は、レールに固定されるステーションユニットを備え、ステーションユニットは、蓄電池を非接触充電するための送電コイルを備え、可動ユニットは、蓄電池を非接触充電するための受電コイルを備えることが好ましい。蓄電池を自動で接触充電させる場合には、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとを連結し、かつ、この連結状態を維持する必要があるため、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとを連結するための構成や連結状態を維持するための構成が必要となる。これに対して、このように構成すると、蓄電池を充電する際にステーションユニットと可動ユニットとを連結する必要がなくなり、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとを連結するための構成や連結状態を維持するための構成が不要になる。したがって、建具閉め装置の構成を簡素化することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the fitting closing device includes a station unit fixed to the rail, the station unit includes a power transmission coil for non-contact charging of the storage battery, and the movable unit includes a power receiving coil for non-contact charging of the storage battery. It is preferable to provide. When the storage battery is automatically contact-charged, it is necessary to connect the station unit and the movable unit and maintain this connected state. A configuration to maintain is required. On the other hand, when configured in this way, there is no need to connect the station unit and the movable unit when charging the storage battery, and the configuration and connection state for connecting the station unit and the movable unit are maintained. No configuration is required. Therefore, it becomes possible to simplify the configuration of the joinery closing device.
 本発明において、建具は、引き違い窓を構成する第1窓および第2窓であり、第1窓は、室外側に配置され、第2窓は、室内側に配置され、可動ユニットは、第1窓の開閉状態を非接触で検知するための第1センサと、第1窓の開閉状態を検知する際の可動ユニットの位置である第1検知位置、および、錠を閉める際の可動ユニットの位置である第2検知位置を非接触で検知するための第2センサとを備えることが好ましい。このように構成すると、可動ユニット側の第1センサと第1窓とを接触させる必要がなく、また、レールや建具等の固定側の部材と可動ユニット側の第2センサとを接触させる必要がない。したがって、建具閉め装置の取付精度がそれほど高くなくても、第1窓の開閉状態を検知すること、および、第1検知位置と第2検知位置とを検知することが可能になる。したがって、建具閉め装置の取付作業をより容易に行うことが可能になる。 In the present invention, the joinery is a first window and a second window constituting a sliding window, the first window is disposed on the outdoor side, the second window is disposed on the indoor side, and the movable unit is the first window. A first sensor for detecting the open / closed state of one window in a non-contact manner, a first detection position that is a position of the movable unit for detecting the open / closed state of the first window, and a movable unit for closing the lock. It is preferable to include a second sensor for detecting the second detection position, which is a position, in a non-contact manner. If comprised in this way, it is not necessary to contact the 1st sensor by the side of a movable unit, and the 1st window, and it is necessary to contact members on the fixed side, such as a rail and joinery, and the 2nd sensor by the side of a movable unit. Absent. Therefore, even if the fitting accuracy of the joinery closing device is not so high, it is possible to detect the open / closed state of the first window and to detect the first detection position and the second detection position. Therefore, it becomes possible to perform the attachment work of the joinery closing device more easily.
 本発明において、レールは、第1窓および第2窓の開閉方向に可動ユニットが移動するように、かつ、第1窓の閉方向における建具枠の外側まで可動ユニットが移動可能となるように配置され、アーム駆動機構は、第1窓にアームが接触可能な接触位置としての第1接触位置と、第2窓にアームが接触可能な接触位置としての第2接触位置とにアームを移動させることが好ましい。このように構成すると、建具閉め装置が使用されていないときに、第1窓の閉方向における建具枠の外側で可動ユニットを待機させることが可能になる。したがって、可動ユニットの影響で引き違い窓の採光性が低下するのを防止することが可能になる。また、このように構成すると、共通のアームを用いて、第1窓と第2窓とを閉めることができるため、可動ユニットの部品点数を削減することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the rail is arranged so that the movable unit moves in the opening / closing direction of the first window and the second window, and so that the movable unit can move to the outside of the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window. The arm drive mechanism moves the arm to a first contact position as a contact position where the arm can contact the first window and a second contact position as a contact position where the arm can contact the second window. Is preferred. If comprised in this way, when the fitting closing device is not used, it will become possible to make a movable unit stand by on the outer side of the fitting frame in the closing direction of a 1st window. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the lighting performance of the sliding window from being lowered due to the influence of the movable unit. Moreover, if comprised in this way, since a 1st window and a 2nd window can be closed using a common arm, it becomes possible to reduce the number of parts of a movable unit.
 また、この場合の建具閉め装置は、たとえば、第1窓の閉方向における建具枠の外側にある可動ユニットを第1検知位置まで移動させて第1窓の開閉状態を検知する開閉状態検知ステップと、開閉状態検知ステップ後、第2接触位置までアームを移動させた状態で第2窓の閉方向へ、かつ、第2検知位置まで可動ユニットを移動させる第1可動ユニット移動ステップと、開閉状態検知ステップで第1窓が開いていることが検知された場合、第1可動ユニット移動ステップ後に、第1接触位置までアームを移動させた状態で第1窓の閉方向へ、かつ、第1窓が閉まるまで可動ユニットを移動させる第2可動ユニット移動ステップと、第2可動ユニット移動ステップ後、第2検知位置まで可動ユニットを移動させる第3可動ユニット移動ステップと、第3可動ユニット移動ステップ後、錠を閉める第1施錠ステップと、開閉状態検知ステップで第1窓が閉じていることが検知された場合、第1可動ユニット移動ステップ後に、錠を閉める第2施錠ステップとを備える建具閉め装置の制御方法によって制御される。この制御方法によれば、第2窓を閉めることが可能でありながら、第2窓の開閉状態が検知されない。したがって、この制御方法によれば、第2窓の開閉状態を検知する場合と比較して、建具閉め装置の制御を簡素化しつつ、第2窓を閉めることが可能になる。また、この制御方法によれば、第2窓の開閉状態を検知する場合と比較して、第1窓および第2窓の窓閉め動作と施錠動作とを短時間で行うことが可能になる。 Further, the joiner closing device in this case includes, for example, an open / close state detection step of detecting the open / close state of the first window by moving the movable unit outside the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window to the first detection position. The first movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit in the closing direction of the second window with the arm moved to the second contact position after the open / closed state detecting step and the open / closed state detection If it is detected in step that the first window is open, after the first movable unit moving step, the arm is moved to the first contact position in the closing direction of the first window, and the first window A second movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit until it is closed, and a third movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit to the second detection position after the second movable unit moving step. And a first locking step for closing the lock after the third movable unit moving step and a first locking step for closing the lock after the first movable unit moving step when it is detected that the first window is closed in the open / closed state detecting step. It is controlled by a control method of a joinery closing device comprising two locking steps. According to this control method, the second window can be closed, but the open / closed state of the second window is not detected. Therefore, according to this control method, it is possible to close the second window while simplifying the control of the fitting closing device as compared with the case of detecting the open / closed state of the second window. Further, according to this control method, it is possible to perform the window closing operation and the locking operation of the first window and the second window in a short time compared to the case of detecting the open / closed state of the second window.
 上記の課題を解決するため、本発明の建具閉め装置は、開閉可能な建具が内側に配置される建具枠に沿って配置されるレールと、レールに固定されるステーションユニットと、レールに係合するとともにレールに沿って移動する可動ユニットとを備え、可動ユニットは、可動ユニットをレールに沿って移動させるユニット駆動機構と、建具に接触して建具を閉めるアームとを備え、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとの間で、光を用いた光無線通信または電波を用いた無線通信が行われることを特徴とする。 In order to solve the above-described problems, a fitting closing device according to the present invention includes a rail arranged along a fitting frame on which an openable and closable fitting is arranged, a station unit fixed to the rail, and an engagement with the rail. And a movable unit that moves along the rail. The movable unit includes a unit driving mechanism that moves the movable unit along the rail, and an arm that contacts the fitting and closes the fitting, and the station unit and the movable unit. Optical wireless communication using light or wireless communication using radio waves is performed between the two.
 本発明の建具閉め装置は、建具枠に沿って配置されるレールと、レールに固定されるステーションユニットと、レールに沿って移動する可動ユニットとを備えており、可動ユニットは、ユニット駆動機構と、建具に接触して建具を閉めるアームとを備えている。そのため、本発明では、建具枠に沿ってレールを設置し、ステーションユニットをレールに固定するとともに、可動ユニットをレールに係合させれば、引き違い窓等の既存の設備に建具閉め装置を取り付けることが可能になる。すなわち、本発明では、引き違い窓等の既存の設備を改造しなくても、引き違い窓等の既存の設備に建具閉め装置を取り付けることが可能になる。したがって、本発明では、引き違い窓等の既存の設備に建具閉め装置を取り付ける場合であっても、その取付作業を容易に行うことが可能になる。 A joiner closing device according to the present invention includes a rail disposed along a joiner frame, a station unit fixed to the rail, and a movable unit that moves along the rail, and the movable unit includes a unit drive mechanism, And an arm that contacts the joinery and closes the joinery. Therefore, in the present invention, if the rail is installed along the joinery frame, the station unit is fixed to the rail, and the movable unit is engaged with the rail, the joinery closing device is attached to the existing equipment such as the sliding window. It becomes possible. That is, according to the present invention, it is possible to attach the joinery closing device to the existing equipment such as the sliding window without modifying the existing equipment such as the sliding window. Therefore, in this invention, even if it is a case where a fitting closing device is attached to existing facilities, such as a sliding window, the attachment operation | work can be performed easily.
 また、本発明では、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとの間で光無線通信または無線通信が行われるため、ステーションユニットからの信号によって、可動ユニットを動作させる場合であっても、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとを通信用の配線で接続する必要がない。したがって、本発明では、建具閉め装置の取付作業をより容易に行うことが可能になる。また、本発明では、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとを通信用の配線で接続する必要がないため、通信用の配線が断線して可動ユニットが動作しなくなるといった問題も生じない。 In the present invention, since optical wireless communication or wireless communication is performed between the station unit and the movable unit, the station unit and the movable unit can be operated even when the movable unit is operated by a signal from the station unit. Need not be connected with wiring for communication. Therefore, in this invention, it becomes possible to perform attachment work of the fitting closing device more easily. Further, in the present invention, since there is no need to connect the station unit and the movable unit with communication wiring, there is no problem that the communication unit is disconnected and the movable unit does not operate.
 本発明において、レールは、鉛直方向に直交する上壁部と、可動ユニットの移動方向に直交する方向における上壁部の両端のそれぞれにその上端が繋がる2個の側壁部とを有する略角溝状に形成され、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとの間では、レールの内側で光無線通信が行われることが好ましい。このように構成すると、略角溝状に形成されるレールによって、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとの間の光無線通信が行われる箇所へ外乱光が入り込むのを抑制することが可能になる。したがって、外乱光に起因する可動ユニットの誤動作を防止することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the rail has a substantially square groove having an upper wall portion orthogonal to the vertical direction and two side wall portions whose upper ends are connected to both ends of the upper wall portion in a direction orthogonal to the moving direction of the movable unit. It is preferable that optical wireless communication is performed inside the rail between the station unit and the movable unit. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to suppress disturbance light entering into the location where the optical wireless communication between a station unit and a movable unit is performed by the rail formed in a substantially square groove shape. Therefore, it is possible to prevent malfunction of the movable unit due to disturbance light.
 本発明において、可動ユニットは、アームを駆動するアーム駆動機構を備え、アーム駆動機構は、建具にアームが接触可能な接触位置と、可動ユニットの移動時に建具に接触しないようにアームが退避する退避位置とにアームを移動させることが好ましい。このように構成すると、建具閉め装置が取り付けられる既存の設備の種類にかかわらず、可動ユニットが移動する際のアームと建具との干渉を防止することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the movable unit includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm. The arm drive mechanism includes a contact position where the arm can contact the joinery and a retreat where the arm retracts so as not to contact the joinery when the movable unit moves. It is preferable to move the arm to the position. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to prevent interference with an arm and joinery at the time of a movable unit moving irrespective of the kind of the existing installation to which a joinery closing device is attached.
 本発明において、建具閉め装置は、建具が開かないように建具を固定する錠を備え、可動ユニットは、錠を閉める錠用アームを備え、アーム駆動機構は、錠用アームを移動させて錠を閉めることが好ましい。このように構成すると、錠用アームによって錠を自動で閉めることが可能になり、建具閉め装置が取り付けられる家屋等の防犯効果を高めることが可能になる。また、このように構成すると、建具を閉めるために必要とされる形状にアームを形成し、錠を閉めるために必要とされる形状に錠用アームを形成すれば良いため、アームおよび錠用アームの形状を簡素化することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the joinery closing device includes a lock for fixing the joinery so that the joinery does not open, the movable unit includes a lock arm for closing the lock, and the arm drive mechanism moves the lock arm to lock the lock. It is preferable to close. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to close a lock | rock automatically by the arm for a lock | rock, and it will become possible to heighten the crime prevention effect of the house etc. to which a fitting closing device is attached. Also, with this configuration, the arm and the locking arm can be formed by forming the arm in the shape required for closing the joinery and forming the locking arm in the shape required for closing the lock. It becomes possible to simplify the shape.
 本発明において、建具閉め装置は、建具が開かないように建具を固定する錠を備え、アーム駆動機構は、アームを移動させて錠を閉めても良い。この場合には、アームによって錠を自動で閉めることが可能になり、建具閉め装置が取り付けられる家屋等の防犯効果を高めることが可能になる。また、この場合には、アームに加えて、錠を閉めるための錠用アームを別途設ける必要がないため、可動ユニットの部品点数を削減することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the joinery closing device may include a lock that fixes the joinery so that the joinery does not open, and the arm driving mechanism may move the arm to close the lock. In this case, the lock can be automatically closed by the arm, and the crime prevention effect of a house or the like to which the fitting closing device is attached can be enhanced. Further, in this case, it is not necessary to separately provide a locking arm for closing the lock in addition to the arm, so that the number of parts of the movable unit can be reduced.
 本発明において、たとえば、ステーションユニットから可動ユニットへ可動ユニットを動作させるための信号が送信され、可動ユニットからステーションユニットへ錠の施錠の成否を知らせるための信号が送信される。この場合には、ステーションユニット側で、施錠の成否を把握することが可能になる。 In the present invention, for example, a signal for operating the movable unit is transmitted from the station unit to the movable unit, and a signal for notifying the success or failure of the lock is transmitted from the movable unit to the station unit. In this case, it becomes possible to grasp the success or failure of the lock on the station unit side.
 本発明において、ステーションユニットは、リモートコントローラまたは携帯端末機器と電波を用いた無線通信を行うことが好ましい。このように構成すると、遠隔操作によって可動ユニットを動作させて建具を閉めることが可能になる。たとえば、外出先からの携帯端末機器を用いた遠隔操作によって可動ユニットを動作させて、留守中の家屋の建具を閉めることが可能になる。 In the present invention, the station unit preferably performs wireless communication using radio waves with a remote controller or a portable terminal device. If comprised in this way, it will become possible to operate a movable unit by remote operation and to close a fitting. For example, it becomes possible to operate the movable unit by remote control using a mobile terminal device from outside and close the joinery of the house that is away.
 本発明において、可動ユニットは、アームを駆動するアーム駆動機構と、ユニット駆動機構およびアーム駆動機構に電力を供給する蓄電池とを備えることが好ましい。このように構成すると、可動ユニットに電力供給用の配線を接続しなくても良いため、建具閉め装置の取付作業をより容易に行うことが可能になる。 In the present invention, the movable unit preferably includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm, and a storage battery that supplies power to the unit drive mechanism and the arm drive mechanism. If comprised in this way, since it is not necessary to connect the wiring for electric power supply to a movable unit, it becomes possible to perform attachment work of a fitting closing device more easily.
 本発明において、ステーションユニットは、蓄電池を非接触充電するための送電コイルを備え、可動ユニットは、蓄電池を非接触充電するための受電コイルを備えることが好ましい。蓄電池を自動で接触充電させる場合には、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとを連結し、かつ、この連結状態を維持する必要があるため、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとを連結するための構成や連結状態を維持するための構成が必要となる。これに対して、このように構成すると、蓄電池を充電する際にステーションユニットと可動ユニットとを連結する必要がなくなり、ステーションユニットと可動ユニットとを連結するための構成や連結状態を維持するための構成が不要になる。したがって、建具閉め装置の構成を簡素化することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the station unit preferably includes a power transmission coil for non-contact charging of the storage battery, and the movable unit preferably includes a power receiving coil for non-contact charging of the storage battery. When the storage battery is automatically contact-charged, it is necessary to connect the station unit and the movable unit and maintain this connected state. A configuration to maintain is required. On the other hand, when configured in this way, there is no need to connect the station unit and the movable unit when charging the storage battery, and the configuration and connection state for connecting the station unit and the movable unit are maintained. No configuration is required. Therefore, it becomes possible to simplify the configuration of the joinery closing device.
 本発明において、建具は、引き違い窓を構成する第1窓および第2窓であり、第1窓は、室外側に配置され、第2窓は、室内側に配置され、可動ユニットは、第1窓の開閉状態を非接触で検知するための第1センサと、第1窓の開閉状態を検知する際の可動ユニットの位置である第1検知位置、および、錠を閉める際の可動ユニットの位置である第2検知位置を非接触で検知するための第2センサとを備えることが好ましい。このように構成すると、可動ユニット側の第1センサと第1窓とを接触させる必要がなく、また、レールや建具等の固定側の部材と可動ユニット側の第2センサとを接触させる必要がない。したがって、建具閉め装置の取付精度がそれほど高くなくても、第1窓の開閉状態を検知すること、および、第1検知位置と第2検知位置とを検知することが可能になる。したがって、建具閉め装置の取付作業をより容易に行うことが可能になる。 In the present invention, the joinery is a first window and a second window constituting a sliding window, the first window is disposed on the outdoor side, the second window is disposed on the indoor side, and the movable unit is the first window. A first sensor for detecting the open / closed state of one window in a non-contact manner, a first detection position that is a position of the movable unit for detecting the open / closed state of the first window, and a movable unit for closing the lock. It is preferable to include a second sensor for detecting the second detection position, which is a position, in a non-contact manner. If comprised in this way, it is not necessary to contact the 1st sensor by the side of a movable unit, and the 1st window, and it is necessary to contact members on the fixed side, such as a rail and joinery, and the 2nd sensor by the side of a movable unit. Absent. Therefore, even if the fitting accuracy of the joinery closing device is not so high, it is possible to detect the open / closed state of the first window and to detect the first detection position and the second detection position. Therefore, it becomes possible to perform the attachment work of the joinery closing device more easily.
 本発明において、たとえば、第1センサは、第1窓に向かって光を射出する発光素子と、第1窓で反射された光を受光可能な受光素子とを有する光学センサである。また、本発明において、たとえば、第2センサは、磁気センサであり、レールには、第1検知位置を検知するための第1磁石と、第2検知位置を検知するための第2磁石とが固定されている。 In the present invention, for example, the first sensor is an optical sensor having a light emitting element that emits light toward the first window and a light receiving element that can receive the light reflected by the first window. In the present invention, for example, the second sensor is a magnetic sensor, and the rail includes a first magnet for detecting the first detection position and a second magnet for detecting the second detection position. It is fixed.
 本発明において、レールは、第1窓および第2窓の開閉方向に可動ユニットが移動するように、かつ、第1窓の閉方向における建具枠の外側まで可動ユニットが移動可能となるように配置され、アーム駆動機構は、第1窓にアームが接触可能な接触位置としての第1接触位置と、第2窓にアームが接触可能な接触位置としての第2接触位置とにアームを移動させることが好ましい。このように構成すると、建具閉め装置が使用されていないときに、第1窓の閉方向における建具枠の外側で可動ユニットを待機させることが可能になる。したがって、可動ユニットの影響で引き違い窓の採光性が低下するのを防止することが可能になる。また、このように構成すると、共通のアームを用いて、第1窓と第2窓とを閉めることができるため、可動ユニットの部品点数を削減することが可能になる。 In the present invention, the rail is arranged so that the movable unit moves in the opening / closing direction of the first window and the second window, and so that the movable unit can move to the outside of the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window. The arm drive mechanism moves the arm to a first contact position as a contact position where the arm can contact the first window and a second contact position as a contact position where the arm can contact the second window. Is preferred. If comprised in this way, when the fitting closing device is not used, it will become possible to make a movable unit stand by on the outer side of the fitting frame in the closing direction of a 1st window. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the lighting performance of the sliding window from being lowered due to the influence of the movable unit. Moreover, if comprised in this way, since a 1st window and a 2nd window can be closed using a common arm, it becomes possible to reduce the number of parts of a movable unit.
 また、この場合の建具閉め装置は、たとえば、第1窓の閉方向における建具枠の外側にある可動ユニットを第1検知位置まで移動させて第1窓の開閉状態を検知する開閉状態検知ステップと、開閉状態検知ステップ後、第2接触位置までアームを移動させた状態で第2窓の閉方向へ、かつ、第2検知位置まで可動ユニットを移動させる第1可動ユニット移動ステップと、開閉状態検知ステップで第1窓が開いていることが検知された場合、第1可動ユニット移動ステップ後に、第1接触位置までアームを移動させた状態で第1窓の閉方向へ、かつ、第1窓が閉まるまで可動ユニットを移動させる第2可動ユニット移動ステップと、第2可動ユニット移動ステップ後、第2検知位置まで可動ユニットを移動させる第3可動ユニット移動ステップと、第3可動ユニット移動ステップ後、錠を閉める第1施錠ステップと、開閉状態検知ステップで第1窓が閉じていることが検知された場合、第1可動ユニット移動ステップ後に、錠を閉める第2施錠ステップとを備える建具閉め装置の制御方法によって制御される。この制御方法によれば、第2窓を閉めることが可能でありながら、第2窓の開閉状態が検知されない。したがって、この制御方法によれば、第2窓の開閉状態を検知する場合と比較して、建具閉め装置の制御を簡素化しつつ、第2窓を閉めることが可能になる。また、この制御方法によれば、第2窓の開閉状態を検知する場合と比較して、第1窓および第2窓の窓閉め動作と施錠動作とを短時間で行うことが可能になる。 Further, the joiner closing device in this case includes, for example, an open / close state detection step of detecting the open / close state of the first window by moving the movable unit outside the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window to the first detection position. The first movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit in the closing direction of the second window with the arm moved to the second contact position after the open / closed state detecting step and the open / closed state detection If it is detected in step that the first window is open, after the first movable unit moving step, the arm is moved to the first contact position in the closing direction of the first window, and the first window A second movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit until it is closed, and a third movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit to the second detection position after the second movable unit moving step. And a first locking step for closing the lock after the third movable unit moving step and a first locking step for closing the lock after the first movable unit moving step when it is detected that the first window is closed in the open / closed state detecting step. It is controlled by a control method of a joinery closing device comprising two locking steps. According to this control method, the second window can be closed, but the open / closed state of the second window is not detected. Therefore, according to this control method, it is possible to close the second window while simplifying the control of the fitting closing device as compared with the case of detecting the open / closed state of the second window. Further, according to this control method, it is possible to perform the window closing operation and the locking operation of the first window and the second window in a short time compared to the case of detecting the open / closed state of the second window.
 以上のように、本発明の建具閉め装置では、引き違い窓等の既存の設備に建具閉め装置を取り付ける場合であっても、その取付作業を容易に行うことが可能になる。また、本発明の建具閉め装置の制御方法によれば、建具閉め装置の制御を簡素化しつつ、第2窓を閉めることが可能になるとともに、窓閉め動作と施錠動作とを短時間で行うことが可能になる。 As described above, in the fitting closing device of the present invention, even when the fitting closing device is attached to an existing facility such as a sliding window, the attaching operation can be easily performed. Moreover, according to the control method of the joinery closing device of the present invention, it is possible to close the second window while simplifying the control of the joinery closing device, and perform the window closing operation and the locking operation in a short time. Is possible.
本発明の実施の形態にかかる建具閉め装置が引き違い窓に取り付けられた状態を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the state in which the fitting closing device concerning embodiment of this invention was attached to the sliding window. 図1に示す建具閉め装置を用いた窓閉めシステムの概略構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows schematic structure of the window closing system using the fitting closing device shown in FIG. 図1に示すレールおよび可動ユニットの上端側部分を示す側面図である。It is a side view which shows the rail shown in FIG. 1, and the upper end side part of a movable unit. 図1に示すステーションユニットの内部構造を説明するための正面図である。It is a front view for demonstrating the internal structure of the station unit shown in FIG. 図1に示す可動ユニットの内部構造を説明するための正面図である。It is a front view for demonstrating the internal structure of the movable unit shown in FIG. 図3のE-E断面の断面図である。FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along a line EE in FIG. 3. 図3のF-F断面の断面図である。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line FF in FIG. 3. 図5に示すアーム、錠用アーム、アーム駆動機構およびクランプ機構の正面図である。FIG. 6 is a front view of the arm, the lock arm, the arm drive mechanism, and the clamp mechanism shown in FIG. 5. 図8のG-G方向からアーム、錠用アーム、アーム駆動機構およびクランプ機構を示す側面図である。FIG. 9 is a side view showing an arm, a locking arm, an arm drive mechanism, and a clamp mechanism from the GG direction of FIG. 8. (A)は、図8のH-H断面の断面図であり、(B)は、図8のJ-J断面の断面図である。(A) is a cross-sectional view of the HH cross section of FIG. 8, and (B) is a cross-sectional view of the JJ cross section of FIG. (A)は、図8のK-K断面の断面図であり、(B)は、図8のL-L断面の断面図である。(A) is a cross-sectional view of the KK cross section of FIG. 8, and (B) is a cross-sectional view of the LL cross section of FIG. 図5に示すアームが退避位置にあるときの状態を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a state when the arm shown in FIG. 5 exists in a retracted position. 図5に示すアームが内窓に接触可能な第2接触位置にあるときの状態を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a state when the arm shown in FIG. 5 exists in the 2nd contact position which can contact an inner window. 図5に示すクランプ機構を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the clamp mechanism shown in FIG. 図14に示すクランプ機構が可動ユニットを固定しているときの状態を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a state when the clamp mechanism shown in FIG. 14 is fixing the movable unit. 図1に示す錠の内部構造を説明するための側面図である。It is a side view for demonstrating the internal structure of the lock | rock shown in FIG. 図16に示す錠の動作を説明するための側面図である。It is a side view for demonstrating operation | movement of the lock | rock shown in FIG. 図16に示す錠の動作を説明するための側面図である。It is a side view for demonstrating operation | movement of the lock | rock shown in FIG. 図16に示す錠の動作を説明するための側面図である。It is a side view for demonstrating operation | movement of the lock | rock shown in FIG. 図1に示す可動ユニットの動作フローの一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the operation | movement flow of the movable unit shown in FIG.
 以下、図面を参照しながら、本発明の実施の形態を説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
 (建具閉め装置の概略構成)
 図1は、本発明の実施の形態にかかる建具閉め装置1が引き違い窓2に取り付けられた状態を示す斜視図である。図2は、図1に示す建具閉め装置1を用いた窓閉めシステム15の概略構成を示すブロック図である。
(Schematic configuration of the fitting closing device)
FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a state in which a joiner closing device 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention is attached to a sliding window 2. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration of the window closing system 15 using the fitting closing device 1 shown in FIG.
 本形態の建具閉め装置1は、開閉可能な建具である窓を自動で閉めるための装置である。したがって、以下では、本形態の建具閉め装置1を「窓閉め装置1」とする。この窓閉め装置1は、図1に示すように、水平方向に開閉する引き違い窓2に取り付けられている。引き違い窓2は、室外側に配置される第1窓としての外窓3と、室内側に配置される第2窓としての内窓4と、開閉可能な外窓3および内窓4が内側に配置される建具枠としての窓枠5とを備えている。窓閉め装置1は、外窓3および内窓4を自動で閉める。 The fitting closing device 1 of this embodiment is a device for automatically closing a window that is a fitting that can be opened and closed. Therefore, hereinafter, the fitting closing device 1 of this embodiment is referred to as a “window closing device 1”. As shown in FIG. 1, the window closing device 1 is attached to a sliding window 2 that opens and closes in the horizontal direction. The sliding window 2 includes an outer window 3 as a first window arranged on the outdoor side, an inner window 4 as a second window arranged on the indoor side, an outer window 3 that can be opened and closed, and an inner window 4 on the inner side. And a window frame 5 as a joinery frame. The window closing device 1 automatically closes the outer window 3 and the inner window 4.
 外窓3および内窓4は、長方形状の窓ガラスと、この窓ガラスの周囲を囲む框とから構成されている。外窓3および内窓4の框は、たとえば、アルミニウム合金製であり、光を反射する。窓枠5は、たとえば、外窓3および内窓4をその開閉方向へ案内するガイドを有する長方形状の内枠6と、内枠6の外側に配置される長方形状の外枠7とから構成されている。また、たとえば、内枠6はアルミニウム合金製であり、外枠7は木製である。 The outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are composed of a rectangular window glass and a gutter surrounding the window glass. The ridges of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are made of, for example, an aluminum alloy and reflect light. The window frame 5 includes, for example, a rectangular inner frame 6 having a guide for guiding the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 in the opening / closing direction thereof, and a rectangular outer frame 7 disposed outside the inner frame 6. Has been. For example, the inner frame 6 is made of an aluminum alloy, and the outer frame 7 is wooden.
 以下の説明では、外窓3および内窓4の移動方向(図1等のX方向)を左右方向とし、外窓3および内窓4の厚さ方向(図1等のY方向)を前後方向とする。また、X1方向側を「右」側、X2方向側を「左」側、Y1方向側を「手前(前)」側、Y2方向側を「奥(後ろ)」側とする。本形態では、引き違い窓2が閉まっているときに、外窓3は左側に配置され、内窓4は右側に配置されている。すなわち、本形態では、左方向は、外窓3が閉じる方向(外窓3の閉方向)であるとともに内窓4が開く方向(内窓4の開方向)である。また、右方向は、外窓3が開く方向(外窓3の開方向)であるとともに内窓4が閉じる方向(内窓4の閉方向)である。また、本形態では、手前側は室内側であり、奥側は室外側である。また、以下の説明では、左側から見たときの時計回りの方向を「時計方向」とし、左側から見たときの反時計回りの方向を「反時計方向」とする。 In the following description, the moving direction of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 (X direction in FIG. 1 and the like) is the left-right direction, and the thickness direction of the outer window 3 and inner window 4 (Y direction in FIG. And The X1 direction side is the “right” side, the X2 direction side is the “left” side, the Y1 direction side is the “front (front)” side, and the Y2 direction side is the “back (back)” side. In this embodiment, when the sliding window 2 is closed, the outer window 3 is disposed on the left side and the inner window 4 is disposed on the right side. That is, in this embodiment, the left direction is the direction in which the outer window 3 is closed (the closing direction of the outer window 3) and the direction in which the inner window 4 is opened (the opening direction of the inner window 4). The right direction is the direction in which the outer window 3 opens (the opening direction of the outer window 3) and the direction in which the inner window 4 closes (the closing direction of the inner window 4). In this embodiment, the near side is the indoor side and the far side is the outdoor side. In the following description, the clockwise direction when viewed from the left side is referred to as “clockwise direction”, and the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the left side is referred to as “counterclockwise direction”.
 窓閉め装置1は、窓枠5に沿って配置されるレール10と、レール10に固定されるステーションユニット11と、外窓3および内窓4が開かないように外窓3および内窓4を固定する錠12と、レール10に係合するとともにレール10に沿って移動する可動ユニット13とを備えている。ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13との間では、光または電波を用いた情報の通信を行うことが可能となっている。すなわち、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13との間では、光無線通信または無線通信を行うことが可能となっている。本形態では、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13との間で赤外線(赤外光)を用いた光無線通信を行うことが可能となっている。なお、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13との間で可視光線を用いた光無線通信を行うことが可能となっていても良い。 The window closing device 1 includes a rail 10 arranged along the window frame 5, a station unit 11 fixed to the rail 10, and the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 so that the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 do not open. A lock 12 to be fixed and a movable unit 13 that engages with the rail 10 and moves along the rail 10 are provided. Information communication using light or radio waves can be performed between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13. In other words, optical wireless communication or wireless communication can be performed between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13. In this embodiment, optical wireless communication using infrared rays (infrared light) can be performed between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13. Note that optical wireless communication using visible light may be possible between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13.
 また、窓閉め装置1は、たとえば、図2に示す窓閉めシステム15に用いられる。窓閉めシステム15は、室内に配置される窓閉め装置1、室内に配置される無線LANルータ16、および、スマートフォン等の携帯端末機器17等によって構成されている。ステーションユニット11と携帯端末機器17との間では、無線LANルータ16を介して、電波を用いた情報の通信を行うことが可能となっている。すなわち、ステーションユニット11と携帯端末機器17との間では、無線LANルータ16を介して、無線通信を行うことが可能となっている。なお、窓閉めシステム15では、携帯端末機器17に代えて、リモートコントローラが使用されても良い。 Further, the window closing device 1 is used in, for example, the window closing system 15 shown in FIG. The window closing system 15 includes a window closing device 1 disposed indoors, a wireless LAN router 16 disposed indoors, and a mobile terminal device 17 such as a smartphone. Information communication using radio waves can be performed between the station unit 11 and the mobile terminal device 17 via the wireless LAN router 16. That is, wireless communication can be performed between the station unit 11 and the mobile terminal device 17 via the wireless LAN router 16. In the window closing system 15, a remote controller may be used instead of the mobile terminal device 17.
 (レールの構成)
 図3は、図1に示すレール10および可動ユニット13の上端側部分を示す側面図である。
(Rail configuration)
FIG. 3 is a side view showing upper end portions of the rail 10 and the movable unit 13 shown in FIG.
 レール10は、下端側の一部および左右の両端が開口する左右に細長い略角溝状に形成されており、可動ユニット13は左右方向へ移動可能となっている。すなわち、本形態では、左右方向は、可動ユニット13の移動方向となっている。また、図1に示すように、レール10は、複数のブラケット18を介して外枠7の上端部に固定されている。このレール10は、外枠7の上端部の手前側に配置されている。 The rail 10 is formed in a substantially rectangular groove shape that is elongated to the left and right with a part on the lower end side and left and right ends opened, and the movable unit 13 is movable in the left-right direction. That is, in this embodiment, the left-right direction is the moving direction of the movable unit 13. Further, as shown in FIG. 1, the rail 10 is fixed to the upper end portion of the outer frame 7 via a plurality of brackets 18. The rail 10 is disposed on the near side of the upper end portion of the outer frame 7.
 左右方向におけるレール10の長さは、左右方向における外枠7の長さよりも長くなっており、レール10の左右の両端のそれぞれは、外枠7の左右の両端のそれぞれよりも左右方向の外側へ突出している。本形態では、左右方向における外枠7の外側まで可動ユニット13の全体が移動可能となるように、レール10の左右の両端のそれぞれは、外枠7の左右の両端のそれぞれよりも左右方向の外側へ突出している。 The length of the rail 10 in the left-right direction is longer than the length of the outer frame 7 in the left-right direction, and the left and right ends of the rail 10 are outside in the left-right direction than the left and right ends of the outer frame 7, respectively. Protruding to In this embodiment, each of the left and right ends of the rail 10 is more lateral than the left and right ends of the outer frame 7 so that the entire movable unit 13 can move to the outside of the outer frame 7 in the left-right direction. Projects outward.
 レール10は、上壁部10aと2個の側壁部10bと2個の下壁部10cと2個のガイド壁部10dとから構成されている。上壁部10aは、上下方向(鉛直方向)に直交するとともに左右方向に細長い長方形の平板状に形成されている。側壁部10bは、前後方向に直交するとともに左右方向に細長い長方形の平板状に形成されており、側壁部10bの上端は、上壁部10aの前後両端に繋がっている。下壁部10cは、上下方向に直交するとともに左右方向に細長い長方形の平板状に形成されており、前後方向における下壁部10cの外側端は、側壁部10bの下端に繋がっている。ガイド壁部10dは、前後方向に直交するとともに左右方向に細長い長方形の平板状に形成されており、ガイド壁部10dの下端は、前後方向における下壁部10cの内側端に繋がっている。前後方向における2個のガイド壁部10dの間には、可動ユニット13の上端側の一部が配置される隙間が形成されている。ガイド壁部10dの高さは、側壁部10bの高さよりも低くなっている。 The rail 10 includes an upper wall portion 10a, two side wall portions 10b, two lower wall portions 10c, and two guide wall portions 10d. The upper wall portion 10a is formed in a rectangular flat plate shape that is orthogonal to the vertical direction (vertical direction) and elongated in the horizontal direction. The side wall part 10b is formed in a rectangular flat plate shape that is orthogonal to the front-rear direction and elongated in the left-right direction, and the upper end of the side wall part 10b is connected to the front and rear ends of the upper wall part 10a. The lower wall portion 10c is formed in a rectangular flat plate shape that is orthogonal to the vertical direction and elongated in the left-right direction, and the outer end of the lower wall portion 10c in the front-rear direction is connected to the lower end of the side wall portion 10b. The guide wall portion 10d is formed in a rectangular flat plate shape that is orthogonal to the front-rear direction and elongated in the left-right direction, and the lower end of the guide wall portion 10d is connected to the inner end of the lower wall portion 10c in the front-rear direction. A gap in which a part of the upper end side of the movable unit 13 is disposed is formed between the two guide wall portions 10d in the front-rear direction. The height of the guide wall portion 10d is lower than the height of the side wall portion 10b.
 下壁部10cの上面は、可動ユニット13を構成する後述の駆動ローラ50の下端および従動ローラ51の下端が接触するローラ接触面10eとなっている。上述のように、ガイド壁部10dは、前後方向に直交する平板状に形成され、ガイド壁部10dの下端は、前後方向における下壁部10cの内側端に繋がっている。すなわち、ガイド壁部10dは、上下方向と左右方向とから構成される平面に平行に形成されるとともに、ローラ接触面10eから垂直に立ち上っている。 The upper surface of the lower wall portion 10c is a roller contact surface 10e that contacts a lower end of a driving roller 50, which will be described later, constituting the movable unit 13 and a lower end of the driven roller 51. As described above, the guide wall portion 10d is formed in a flat plate shape orthogonal to the front-rear direction, and the lower end of the guide wall portion 10d is connected to the inner end of the lower wall portion 10c in the front-rear direction. That is, the guide wall portion 10d is formed in parallel to a plane constituted by the up and down direction and the left and right direction, and rises vertically from the roller contact surface 10e.
 (ステーションユニットの構成)
 図4は、図1に示すステーションユニット11の内部構造を説明するための正面図である。
(Configuration of station unit)
FIG. 4 is a front view for explaining the internal structure of the station unit 11 shown in FIG.
 ステーションユニット11は、可動ユニット13と光無線通信を行うための赤外線通信モジュール20と、携帯端末機器17と無線通信を行うための無線通信モジュール21と、可動ユニット13が有する後述の蓄電池35を非接触充電するための送電コイル22と、送電コイル22に電流を供給する給電モジュール23(図2参照)と、これらの構成が収容されるケース体24とを備えている。図2に示すように、赤外線通信モジュール20、無線通信モジュール21および給電モジュール23は、ステーションユニット11のコントローラ25に接続されている。 The station unit 11 includes an infrared communication module 20 for performing optical wireless communication with the movable unit 13, a wireless communication module 21 for performing wireless communication with the mobile terminal device 17, and a storage battery 35 described later included in the movable unit 13. A power transmission coil 22 for contact charging, a power supply module 23 (see FIG. 2) for supplying a current to the power transmission coil 22, and a case body 24 in which these components are accommodated are provided. As shown in FIG. 2, the infrared communication module 20, the wireless communication module 21, and the power supply module 23 are connected to the controller 25 of the station unit 11.
 赤外線通信モジュール20は、赤外線を射出する発光素子と、赤外線を受光する受光素子と、この発光素子および受光素子が実装される基板とを備えている。この赤外線通信モジュール20は、ステーションユニット11の上端側に配置されている。また、赤外線通信モジュール20は、発光素子が右側に向かって赤外線を射出し、かつ、受光素子が右側から入射する赤外線を受光するように配置されている。無線通信モジュール21は、赤外線通信モジュール20の下側に配置されている。 The infrared communication module 20 includes a light emitting element that emits infrared light, a light receiving element that receives infrared light, and a substrate on which the light emitting element and the light receiving element are mounted. The infrared communication module 20 is disposed on the upper end side of the station unit 11. The infrared communication module 20 is arranged such that the light emitting element emits infrared light toward the right side, and the light receiving element receives infrared light incident from the right side. The wireless communication module 21 is disposed below the infrared communication module 20.
 送電コイル22は、ステーションユニット11の下端側に配置されている。また、送電コイル22は、ステーションユニット11の右端側に配置されている。給電モジュール23は、送電コイル22の左側に配置されている。給電モジュール23には、送電コイル22の両端部が接続されている。また、図2に示すように、給電モジュール23には、所定のケーブルを介して、外部電源(より具体的には交流電源)26が接続されている。 The power transmission coil 22 is arranged on the lower end side of the station unit 11. The power transmission coil 22 is disposed on the right end side of the station unit 11. The power supply module 23 is disposed on the left side of the power transmission coil 22. Both ends of the power transmission coil 22 are connected to the power supply module 23. As shown in FIG. 2, an external power source (more specifically, an AC power source) 26 is connected to the power supply module 23 via a predetermined cable.
 ケース体24は、直方体の箱状に形成されている。このケース体24は、レール10の左端に固定されている。具体的には、ケース体24は、ケース体24の上端とレール10の上端(すなわち、上壁部10aの上面)とが略一致するように、レール10の左端に固定されている。 The case body 24 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped box shape. The case body 24 is fixed to the left end of the rail 10. Specifically, the case body 24 is fixed to the left end of the rail 10 so that the upper end of the case body 24 and the upper end of the rail 10 (that is, the upper surface of the upper wall portion 10a) substantially coincide.
 (可動ユニットの全体構成)
 図5は、図1に示す可動ユニット13の内部構造を説明するための正面図である。
(Overall configuration of movable unit)
FIG. 5 is a front view for explaining the internal structure of the movable unit 13 shown in FIG.
 可動ユニット13は、引き違い窓2の手前側に配置されており、外窓3および内窓4を閉めるとともに、錠12を閉める。この可動ユニット13は、可動ユニット13をレール10に沿って移動させるユニット駆動機構30と、外窓3および内窓4に接触して外窓3および内窓4を閉めるアーム31と、錠12を閉める錠用アームとしてのアーム32と、アーム31、32を駆動するアーム駆動機構33とを備えている。また、可動ユニット13は、錠12を閉めるときにレール10に対して可動ユニット13を固定するためのクランプ機構34と、ユニット駆動機構30およびアーム駆動機構33に電力を供給する蓄電池35と、蓄電池35を非接触充電するための受電コイル36と、ステーションユニット11と光無線通信を行うための赤外線通信モジュール37とを備えている。 The movable unit 13 is disposed on the near side of the sliding window 2 and closes the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and closes the lock 12. The movable unit 13 includes a unit driving mechanism 30 that moves the movable unit 13 along the rail 10, an arm 31 that contacts the outer window 3 and the inner window 4, and closes the outer window 3 and the inner window 4, and a lock 12. An arm 32 as a locking arm to be closed and an arm drive mechanism 33 for driving the arms 31 and 32 are provided. The movable unit 13 includes a clamp mechanism 34 for fixing the movable unit 13 to the rail 10 when the lock 12 is closed, a storage battery 35 that supplies power to the unit drive mechanism 30 and the arm drive mechanism 33, and a storage battery. The power receiving coil 36 for non-contact charging 35 and the infrared communication module 37 for performing optical wireless communication with the station unit 11 are provided.
 さらに、可動ユニット13は、外窓3の開閉状態を非接触で検知するための第1センサ38と、外窓3の開閉状態を検知する際の可動ユニット13の位置および錠12を閉める際の可動ユニット13の位置を非接触で検知するための第2センサ39とを備えている。また、可動ユニット13は、アーム31、32、アーム駆動機構33、蓄電池35および受電コイル36等が収容されるケース体40を備えている。ケース体40は、直方体の箱状に形成されている。図2に示すように、蓄電池35、赤外線通信モジュール37、第1センサ38および第2センサ39は、可動ユニット13のコントローラ41に接続されている。 Further, the movable unit 13 includes a first sensor 38 for detecting the open / closed state of the outer window 3 in a non-contact manner, and the position of the movable unit 13 for detecting the opened / closed state of the outer window 3 and the lock 12. And a second sensor 39 for detecting the position of the movable unit 13 in a non-contact manner. The movable unit 13 includes a case body 40 in which the arms 31 and 32, the arm drive mechanism 33, the storage battery 35, the power receiving coil 36, and the like are accommodated. The case body 40 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped box shape. As shown in FIG. 2, the storage battery 35, the infrared communication module 37, the first sensor 38 and the second sensor 39 are connected to the controller 41 of the movable unit 13.
 ユニット駆動機構30は、可動ユニット13の上端側に配置されており、可動ユニット13の上端側部分を構成している。このユニット駆動機構30は、略角溝状に形成されるレール10の内側(すなわち、上壁部10aと2個の側壁部10bとに囲まれた空間の中)に配置されている。蓄電池35および受電コイル36は、ユニット駆動機構30の下側に配置されている。また、受電コイル36は、可動ユニット13の左端側に配置され、蓄電池35は、受電コイル36の右側に配置されており、受電コイル36および蓄電池35は、可動ユニット13の左下側部分を構成している。受電コイル36の両端部は、受電モジュールに接続され、受電モジュールは、蓄電池35に接続されている。蓄電池35は、たとえば、リチウムイオン電池である。 The unit driving mechanism 30 is disposed on the upper end side of the movable unit 13 and constitutes the upper end side portion of the movable unit 13. The unit drive mechanism 30 is disposed inside the rail 10 formed in a substantially square groove shape (that is, in a space surrounded by the upper wall portion 10a and the two side wall portions 10b). The storage battery 35 and the power receiving coil 36 are disposed below the unit drive mechanism 30. The power receiving coil 36 is disposed on the left end side of the movable unit 13, the storage battery 35 is disposed on the right side of the power receiving coil 36, and the power receiving coil 36 and the storage battery 35 constitute a lower left side portion of the movable unit 13. ing. Both ends of the power receiving coil 36 are connected to the power receiving module, and the power receiving module is connected to the storage battery 35. Storage battery 35 is, for example, a lithium ion battery.
 アーム31、32およびアーム駆動機構33は、ユニット駆動機構30の下側に配置されている。また、アーム31、32およびアーム駆動機構33は、蓄電池35の右側に配置されており、可動ユニット13の右下側部分を構成している。クランプ機構34を構成する後述のクランプ部材68およびカム部材69等は、上下方向において、アーム31、32、アーム駆動機構33および蓄電池35と、ユニット駆動機構30との間に配置されている。 The arms 31 and 32 and the arm drive mechanism 33 are disposed below the unit drive mechanism 30. The arms 31 and 32 and the arm drive mechanism 33 are disposed on the right side of the storage battery 35 and constitute a lower right portion of the movable unit 13. A clamp member 68 and a cam member 69, which will be described later, constituting the clamp mechanism 34 are arranged between the arms 31 and 32, the arm drive mechanism 33 and the storage battery 35, and the unit drive mechanism 30 in the vertical direction.
 赤外線通信モジュール37は、赤外線を射出する発光素子と、赤外線を受光する受光素子と、この発光素子および受光素子が実装される基板とを備えている。この赤外線通信モジュール37は、可動ユニット13の上端側に配置されている。また、赤外線通信モジュール37は、発光素子が左側に向かって赤外線を射出し、かつ、受光素子が左側から入射する赤外線を受光するように、可動ユニット13の左端側に配置されている。具体的には、赤外線通信モジュール37は、その発光素子が赤外線通信モジュール20の受光素子に向かって赤外線を射出し、かつ、その受光素子が赤外線通信モジュール20の発光素子から射出された赤外線を受光するように配置されている。本形態では、略角溝状に形成されるレール10の内側で、赤外線通信モジュール20と赤外線通信モジュール37との間の光無線通信が行われるように、赤外線通信モジュール37がレール10の内側に配置されている。すなわち、赤外線通信モジュール20と赤外線通信モジュール37との間では、略角溝状に形成されるレール10の内側で光無線通信が行われる。 The infrared communication module 37 includes a light emitting element that emits infrared light, a light receiving element that receives infrared light, and a substrate on which the light emitting element and the light receiving element are mounted. The infrared communication module 37 is disposed on the upper end side of the movable unit 13. The infrared communication module 37 is disposed on the left end side of the movable unit 13 so that the light emitting element emits infrared light toward the left side and the light receiving element receives infrared light incident from the left side. Specifically, in the infrared communication module 37, the light emitting element emits infrared rays toward the light receiving element of the infrared communication module 20, and the light receiving element receives infrared rays emitted from the light emitting element of the infrared communication module 20. Are arranged to be. In the present embodiment, the infrared communication module 37 is placed inside the rail 10 so that optical wireless communication between the infrared communication module 20 and the infrared communication module 37 is performed inside the rail 10 formed in a substantially square groove shape. Is arranged. That is, between the infrared communication module 20 and the infrared communication module 37, optical wireless communication is performed inside the rail 10 formed in a substantially square groove shape.
 第1センサ38は、外窓3に向かって(すなわち、奥側に向かって)光を射出する発光素子と、外窓3で反射された光を受光可能な受光素子とを有する光学センサである。本形態では、第1センサ38の発光素子は赤外線を射出し、第1センサ38の受光素子は赤外線を受光可能となっている。この第1センサ38は、受電コイル36の上側に配置されている。また、第1センサ38は、外窓3の框の上端部分に向かって赤外線を射出するように配置されている。なお、第1センサ38の発光素子が可視光線を射出し、第1センサ38の受光素子が可視光線を受光可能となっていても良い。 The first sensor 38 is an optical sensor having a light emitting element that emits light toward the outer window 3 (that is, toward the back side) and a light receiving element that can receive the light reflected by the outer window 3. . In this embodiment, the light emitting element of the first sensor 38 emits infrared rays, and the light receiving element of the first sensor 38 can receive infrared rays. The first sensor 38 is disposed on the upper side of the power receiving coil 36. The first sensor 38 is arranged so as to emit infrared rays toward the upper end portion of the ridge of the outer window 3. The light emitting element of the first sensor 38 may emit visible light, and the light receiving element of the first sensor 38 may receive visible light.
 第2センサ39は、ホール素子や磁気抵抗効果素子等を有する磁気センサである。この第2センサ39は、可動ユニット13の左上端側に配置されている。また、第2センサ39は、レール10の内側に配置されている。本形態では、図3に示すように、前後方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で2個の第2センサ39が配置されている。図1に示すように、レール10の上壁部10aの上面には、外窓3の開閉状態を検知する際の可動ユニット13の位置を第2センサ39とともに検知するための第1磁石を保持する磁石ホルダ45と、錠12を閉める際の可動ユニット13の位置を第2センサ39とともに検知するための第2磁石を保持する磁石ホルダ46とが固定されている。また、レール10の上壁部10aの上面には、可動ユニット13が待機位置にあることを第2センサ39とともに検知するための第3磁石を保持する磁石ホルダ47が固定されている。 The second sensor 39 is a magnetic sensor having a Hall element, a magnetoresistive effect element, or the like. The second sensor 39 is disposed on the upper left side of the movable unit 13. Further, the second sensor 39 is disposed inside the rail 10. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, two second sensors 39 are arranged with a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction. As shown in FIG. 1, the upper surface of the upper wall portion 10 a of the rail 10 holds a first magnet for detecting the position of the movable unit 13 together with the second sensor 39 when detecting the open / closed state of the outer window 3. A magnet holder 45 that holds the second magnet for detecting together with the second sensor 39 the position of the movable unit 13 when closing the lock 12 is fixed. Further, a magnet holder 47 that holds a third magnet for detecting together with the second sensor 39 that the movable unit 13 is in the standby position is fixed to the upper surface of the upper wall portion 10a of the rail 10.
 磁石ホルダ45には、2個の第2センサ39に対応するように、2個の第1磁石が前後方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で固定され、磁石ホルダ46には、2個の第2センサ39に対応するように、前後方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で2個の第2磁石が固定されている。また、磁石ホルダ47には、2個の第2センサ39に対応するように、前後方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で2個の第3磁石が固定されている。 Two first magnets are fixed to the magnet holder 45 at a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction so as to correspond to the two second sensors 39, and two first magnets are fixed to the magnet holder 46. Two second magnets are fixed so as to correspond to the two sensors 39 with a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction. In addition, two third magnets are fixed to the magnet holder 47 so as to correspond to the two second sensors 39 at a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction.
 磁石ホルダ45に固定される第1磁石は、第2センサ39が第1磁石を検知したときに、第1センサ38の発光素子が内枠6の左端部分よりもわずかに右側に配置されるように設置されている。また、本形態では、後述のように、第2センサ39が第1磁石を検知すると、可動ユニット13が停止して、第1センサ38の発光素子から赤外線が射出される。第2センサ39が第1磁石を検知して可動ユニット13が停止したときに、外窓3が完全に閉まっていれば、第1センサ38から射出された赤外線は、外窓3の框の左上端部分で反射されて第1センサ38の受光素子で受光される。一方で、このときに、外窓3が少しでも開いていると、第1センサ38から射出された赤外線は、反射されず、第1センサ38の受光素子で受光されない。このように、第1センサ38の発光素子から射出された赤外線が第1センサ38の受光素子で受光されるか否かによって、外窓3の開閉状態が検知される。本形態では、第1センサ38の発光素子が内枠6の左端部分よりもわずかに右側に配置されるときの可動ユニット13の位置が、外窓3の開閉状態を検知する際の可動ユニット13の位置である第1検知位置となっている。 The first magnet fixed to the magnet holder 45 is such that when the second sensor 39 detects the first magnet, the light emitting element of the first sensor 38 is arranged slightly to the right of the left end portion of the inner frame 6. Is installed. In this embodiment, as will be described later, when the second sensor 39 detects the first magnet, the movable unit 13 stops and infrared light is emitted from the light emitting element of the first sensor 38. If the outer window 3 is completely closed when the second sensor 39 detects the first magnet and the movable unit 13 stops, the infrared light emitted from the first sensor 38 The light is reflected at the end portion and received by the light receiving element of the first sensor 38. On the other hand, at this time, if the outer window 3 is opened even a little, the infrared light emitted from the first sensor 38 is not reflected and is not received by the light receiving element of the first sensor 38. Thus, the open / closed state of the outer window 3 is detected depending on whether or not the infrared light emitted from the light emitting element of the first sensor 38 is received by the light receiving element of the first sensor 38. In this embodiment, the position of the movable unit 13 when the light emitting element of the first sensor 38 is disposed slightly to the right of the left end portion of the inner frame 6 is the movable unit 13 when detecting the open / closed state of the outer window 3. Is the first detection position.
 後述のように、アーム31は開いている内窓4に接触し、内窓4を移動させて閉める。磁石ホルダ46に固定される第2磁石は、第2センサ39が第2磁石を検知したときに、アーム31が接触して移動させる内窓4が完全に閉まる位置に設置されている。また、本形態では、後述のように、外窓3が閉まっている状態で、第2センサ39が第2磁石を検知しているときに、アーム32によって錠12が閉められる。本形態では、アーム31が移動させる内窓4が完全に閉まったときの可動ユニット13の位置が、錠12を閉める際の可動ユニット13の位置である第2検知位置となっている。 As will be described later, the arm 31 contacts the open inner window 4 and moves the inner window 4 to close. The second magnet fixed to the magnet holder 46 is installed at a position where the inner window 4 that the arm 31 contacts and moves when the second sensor 39 detects the second magnet is completely closed. In this embodiment, as described later, the lock 12 is closed by the arm 32 when the second sensor 39 detects the second magnet while the outer window 3 is closed. In this embodiment, the position of the movable unit 13 when the inner window 4 that the arm 31 moves is completely closed is the second detection position that is the position of the movable unit 13 when the lock 12 is closed.
 磁石ホルダ47に固定される第3磁石は、第2センサ39が第3磁石を検知したときに、可動ユニット13がステーションユニット11の右横に隣接配置されるように設置されている。本形態では、可動ユニット13がステーションユニット11の右横に隣接するときの可動ユニット13の位置が可動ユニット13の待機位置となっている。すなわち、待機状態にある可動ユニット13は、レール10の左端側で停止している。可動ユニット13が待機位置にあるときには、可動ユニット13の全体が外枠7の左端よりも左側に配置されている。また、このときには、ステーションユニット11の送電コイル22と可動ユニット13の受電コイル36とが左右方向で対向しており、蓄電池35の非接触充電が可能となっている。蓄電池35の蓄電量が少なくなっている場合には、可動ユニット13が待機位置にあるときに、蓄電池35の充電が行われる。 The third magnet fixed to the magnet holder 47 is installed so that the movable unit 13 is adjacent to the right side of the station unit 11 when the second sensor 39 detects the third magnet. In this embodiment, the position of the movable unit 13 when the movable unit 13 is adjacent to the right side of the station unit 11 is the standby position of the movable unit 13. That is, the movable unit 13 in the standby state is stopped on the left end side of the rail 10. When the movable unit 13 is in the standby position, the entire movable unit 13 is disposed on the left side of the left end of the outer frame 7. At this time, the power transmission coil 22 of the station unit 11 and the power reception coil 36 of the movable unit 13 are opposed to each other in the left-right direction, so that the storage battery 35 can be contactlessly charged. When the storage amount of the storage battery 35 is small, the storage battery 35 is charged when the movable unit 13 is in the standby position.
 (ユニット駆動機構の構成)
 図6は、図3のE-E断面の断面図である。図7は、図3のF-F断面の断面図である。
(Configuration of unit drive mechanism)
6 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line EE of FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line FF in FIG.
 ユニット駆動機構30は、駆動用モータとしてのモータ48と、複数の歯車によって構成される歯車列49と、歯車列49を介してモータ48に連結される2個の駆動ローラ50と、モータ48と切り離されている2個の従動ローラ51と、可動ユニット13のがたつきを防止するための4個のガイドローラ52と、可動ユニット13の浮き上がりを防止するためのローラ65とを備えている。モータ48は、ユニット駆動機構30の右端側に配置されている。また、モータ48は、図2に示すように、モータドライバ53に接続され、モータドライバ53は、コントローラ41に接続されている。 The unit drive mechanism 30 includes a motor 48 as a drive motor, a gear train 49 constituted by a plurality of gears, two drive rollers 50 connected to the motor 48 via the gear train 49, a motor 48, Two driven rollers 51 separated, four guide rollers 52 for preventing the movable unit 13 from rattling, and a roller 65 for preventing the movable unit 13 from lifting up are provided. The motor 48 is disposed on the right end side of the unit drive mechanism 30. As shown in FIG. 2, the motor 48 is connected to a motor driver 53, and the motor driver 53 is connected to the controller 41.
 駆動ローラ50および従動ローラ51は、ユニット駆動機構30のフレームに回転可能に保持されており、前後方向を回転の軸方向として回転する。2個の駆動ローラ50は、ユニット駆動機構30の左端側に配置され、2個の従動ローラ51は、ユニット駆動機構30の右端側に配置されている。すなわち、駆動ローラ50と従動ローラ51とは、左右方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で配置されている。また、2個の駆動ローラ50のそれぞれは、ユニット駆動機構30の前後方向の両側のそれぞれに配置され、2個の従動ローラ51のそれぞれは、ユニット駆動機構30の前後方向の両側のそれぞれに配置されている。また、駆動ローラ50および従動ローラ51は、前後方向において、側壁部10bとガイド壁部10dの間に配置されており、駆動ローラ50の下端および従動ローラ51の下端は、レール10のローラ接触面10eに接触している(図3参照)。 The driving roller 50 and the driven roller 51 are rotatably held by the frame of the unit driving mechanism 30 and rotate with the front-rear direction as the axial direction of rotation. The two drive rollers 50 are disposed on the left end side of the unit drive mechanism 30, and the two driven rollers 51 are disposed on the right end side of the unit drive mechanism 30. That is, the drive roller 50 and the driven roller 51 are arranged in a state where a predetermined interval is left in the left-right direction. Further, each of the two driving rollers 50 is disposed on both sides of the unit driving mechanism 30 in the front-rear direction, and each of the two driven rollers 51 is disposed on both sides of the unit driving mechanism 30 in the front-rear direction. Has been. The driving roller 50 and the driven roller 51 are disposed between the side wall portion 10b and the guide wall portion 10d in the front-rear direction. The lower end of the driving roller 50 and the lower end of the driven roller 51 are the roller contact surfaces of the rail 10. 10e (see FIG. 3).
 駆動ローラ50は、モータ48からの駆動力によって回転する。一方、従動ローラ51は、駆動ローラ50の回転によって可動ユニット13が移動すると、この可動ユニット13の移動に伴って回転する。なお、上述のように、蓄電池35は、可動ユニット13の左下側部分を構成しており、図5に示すように、左右方向において、従動ローラ51よりも駆動ローラ50に近い位置に配置されている。本形態では、蓄電池35は、前後方向から見たときに、駆動ローラ50の下側に配置されている。 The driving roller 50 is rotated by the driving force from the motor 48. On the other hand, when the movable unit 13 is moved by the rotation of the driving roller 50, the driven roller 51 rotates with the movement of the movable unit 13. As described above, the storage battery 35 constitutes the lower left portion of the movable unit 13 and is disposed at a position closer to the drive roller 50 than the driven roller 51 in the left-right direction as shown in FIG. Yes. In this embodiment, the storage battery 35 is disposed below the drive roller 50 when viewed from the front-rear direction.
 ガイドローラ52は、ユニット駆動機構30のフレームに回転可能に保持されており、上下方向(鉛直方向)を回転の軸方向として回転する。図3に示すように、4個のガイドローラ52は、ユニット駆動機構30の前端側に配置されている。また、4個のガイドローラ52は、ユニット駆動機構30の下端側に配置されている。4個のガイドローラ52のうちの2個のガイドローラ52は、駆動ローラ50よりも左側に配置され、残りの2個のガイドローラ52は、従動ローラ51よりも右側に配置されている。駆動ローラ50よりも左側に配置される2個のガイドローラ52は、図3に示すように、前側に配置されるガイド壁部10dを前後方向で挟むように配置されており、ガイド壁部10dの前後の側面のそれぞれに接触している。同様に、従動ローラ51よりも右側に配置される2個のガイドローラ52も、前側に配置されるガイド壁部10dを前後方向で挟むように配置されており、ガイド壁部10dの前後の側面のそれぞれに接触している。 The guide roller 52 is rotatably held by the frame of the unit driving mechanism 30 and rotates with the vertical direction (vertical direction) as the axis direction of rotation. As shown in FIG. 3, the four guide rollers 52 are arranged on the front end side of the unit driving mechanism 30. The four guide rollers 52 are arranged on the lower end side of the unit drive mechanism 30. Of the four guide rollers 52, two guide rollers 52 are arranged on the left side of the driving roller 50, and the remaining two guide rollers 52 are arranged on the right side of the driven roller 51. As shown in FIG. 3, the two guide rollers 52 disposed on the left side of the drive roller 50 are disposed so as to sandwich the guide wall portion 10d disposed on the front side in the front-rear direction, and the guide wall portion 10d. Is in contact with each of the front and back sides. Similarly, the two guide rollers 52 disposed on the right side of the driven roller 51 are also disposed so as to sandwich the guide wall portion 10d disposed on the front side in the front-rear direction. In contact with each of.
 ローラ65は、ユニット駆動機構30のフレームに回転可能に保持されており、前後方向を軸方向として回転する。このローラ65は、ユニット駆動機構30の右上端側に配置されている。また、図3に示すように、ローラ65は、前後方向における可動ユニット13の略中心に配置されている。ローラ65の上端は、上壁部10aの下面に接触している。なお、本形態では、歯車列49または駆動ローラ50にトルクリミッタが設けられており、移動時の可動ユニット13に過負荷がかかると、駆動ローラ50が空転する。 The roller 65 is rotatably held by the frame of the unit drive mechanism 30 and rotates with the front-rear direction as an axial direction. The roller 65 is disposed on the upper right end side of the unit drive mechanism 30. Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the roller 65 is disposed at the approximate center of the movable unit 13 in the front-rear direction. The upper end of the roller 65 is in contact with the lower surface of the upper wall portion 10a. In this embodiment, the gear train 49 or the drive roller 50 is provided with a torque limiter. If an overload is applied to the movable unit 13 during movement, the drive roller 50 rotates idly.
 (アームおよびアーム駆動機構の構成)
 図8は、図5に示すアーム31、32、アーム駆動機構33およびクランプ機構34の正面図である。図9は、図8のG-G方向からアーム31、32、アーム駆動機構33およびクランプ機構34を示す側面図である。図10(A)は、図8のH-H断面の断面図であり、図10(B)は、図8のJ-J断面の断面図である。図11(A)は、図8のK-K断面の断面図であり、図11(B)は、図8のL-L断面の断面図である。図12は、図5に示すアーム31が退避位置31Aにあるときの状態を示す図である。図13は、図5に示すアーム31が内窓4に接触可能な第2接触位置31Cにあるときの状態を示す図である。
(Arms and arm drive mechanism configuration)
FIG. 8 is a front view of the arms 31, 32, the arm drive mechanism 33, and the clamp mechanism 34 shown in FIG. FIG. 9 is a side view showing the arms 31, 32, the arm drive mechanism 33, and the clamp mechanism 34 from the GG direction of FIG. 10A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line HH in FIG. 8, and FIG. 10B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line JJ in FIG. 11A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line KK in FIG. 8, and FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line LL in FIG. FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a state when the arm 31 illustrated in FIG. 5 is in the retracted position 31A. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a state when the arm 31 illustrated in FIG. 5 is in the second contact position 31 </ b> C that can contact the inner window 4.
 アーム31は、略円板状に形成される基部31aと、基部31aから径方向の外側へ突出する接触部31bおよび磁石保持部31cとを備えている。基部31aは、アーム駆動機構33を構成する後述の出力歯車59の左端面に固定されており、左右方向を回動の軸方向とする回動が可能となっている。また、基部31aは、ケース体40の中に配置されている。 The arm 31 includes a base portion 31a formed in a substantially disc shape, a contact portion 31b that protrudes radially outward from the base portion 31a, and a magnet holding portion 31c. The base 31a is fixed to the left end surface of an output gear 59 (described later) that constitutes the arm drive mechanism 33, and can be rotated with the left-right direction as the axial direction of rotation. Further, the base portion 31 a is disposed in the case body 40.
 図10(A)に示すように、接触部31bと磁石保持部31cとは、互いに略直交する方向へ突出している。接触部31bの長さは、磁石保持部31cの長さよりも長くなっている。接触部31bは、ケース体40の奥側へ突出可能となっており、この接触部31bが外窓3および内窓4に接触して外窓3および内窓4を閉める。磁石保持部31cは、ケース体40の中に配置されており、ケース体40の外側へ突出することはない。磁石保持部31cの先端側には、磁石54が固定されている。 As shown in FIG. 10A, the contact portion 31b and the magnet holding portion 31c protrude in directions substantially orthogonal to each other. The length of the contact part 31b is longer than the length of the magnet holding part 31c. The contact portion 31 b can protrude to the back side of the case body 40, and the contact portion 31 b contacts the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 to close the outer window 3 and the inner window 4. The magnet holding portion 31 c is disposed in the case body 40 and does not protrude outside the case body 40. A magnet 54 is fixed to the tip side of the magnet holding portion 31c.
 基部31aの左端面には、略1/4円弧状に形成された2個の磁石55が固定されている。2個の磁石55は、基部31aの周方向においてわずかな隙間をあけた状態で、基部31aの左端面に固定されている。また、2個の磁石55は、基部31aの周方向における2個の磁石55の間の隙間の中心と、基部31aの周方向における接触部31bの中心とが、基部31aの周方向で略一致するように固定されている。2個の磁石55は、その右面の磁極と左面の磁極とが異なる磁極となるように着磁されている。また、図10(A)に示すように、一方の磁石55の左面の磁極と他方の磁石55の左面の磁極とが異なる磁極となるように(すなわち、一方の磁石55の右面の磁極と他方の磁石55の右面の磁極とが異なる磁極となるように)着磁されている。 Two magnets 55 formed in a substantially ¼ arc shape are fixed to the left end surface of the base portion 31a. The two magnets 55 are fixed to the left end surface of the base portion 31a with a slight gap in the circumferential direction of the base portion 31a. Further, in the two magnets 55, the center of the gap between the two magnets 55 in the circumferential direction of the base portion 31a and the center of the contact portion 31b in the circumferential direction of the base portion 31a are substantially the same in the circumferential direction of the base portion 31a. To be fixed. The two magnets 55 are magnetized so that the right magnetic pole and the left magnetic pole are different from each other. As shown in FIG. 10A, the left magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the left magnetic pole of the other magnet 55 are different from each other (that is, the right magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the other The magnet 55 is magnetized so that the magnetic pole on the right surface of the magnet 55 is a different magnetic pole.
 アーム32は、略円板状に形成される基部32aと、基部32aから外周側へ突出する施錠部32bとを備えている。基部32aは、アーム駆動機構33を構成する後述の出力歯車60の左端面に固定されており、左右方向を回動の軸方向とする回動が可能となっている。また、基部32aは、ケース体40の中に配置されている。施錠部32bの長さは、アーム31の接触部31bの長さよりも短くなっている。施錠部32bは、ケース体40の奥側へ突出可能となっており、この施錠部32bが錠12を構成する後述のスライド部材80に接触して錠12を閉める。 The arm 32 includes a base portion 32a formed in a substantially disc shape, and a locking portion 32b protruding from the base portion 32a to the outer peripheral side. The base 32a is fixed to the left end surface of an output gear 60 (described later) that constitutes the arm drive mechanism 33, and can be rotated with the left-right direction being the axial direction of rotation. Further, the base 32 a is disposed in the case body 40. The length of the locking part 32 b is shorter than the length of the contact part 31 b of the arm 31. The locking portion 32 b can protrude to the back side of the case body 40, and the locking portion 32 b comes into contact with a slide member 80 described later constituting the lock 12 to close the lock 12.
 アーム駆動機構33は、駆動源としてのモータ56と、複数の歯車によって構成されモータ56の動力を伝達する歯車列57とを備えている。モータ56は、アーム駆動機構33の右端側に配置されている。また、モータ56は、図2に示すように、モータドライバ58に接続され、モータドライバ58は、コントローラ41に接続されている。歯車列57は、モータ56からの動力伝達方向の出力端に配置される出力歯車59および出力歯車60を備えている。出力歯車59は、左右方向を回転の軸方向として回転するように、アーム駆動機構33のフレームに固定される固定軸61に回転可能に保持され、出力歯車60は、左右方向を回転の軸方向として回転するように、アーム駆動機構33のフレームに固定される固定軸62に回転可能に保持されている。 The arm drive mechanism 33 includes a motor 56 as a drive source and a gear train 57 that includes a plurality of gears and transmits the power of the motor 56. The motor 56 is disposed on the right end side of the arm drive mechanism 33. As shown in FIG. 2, the motor 56 is connected to a motor driver 58, and the motor driver 58 is connected to the controller 41. The gear train 57 includes an output gear 59 and an output gear 60 that are arranged at the output end of the power transmission direction from the motor 56. The output gear 59 is rotatably held by a fixed shaft 61 fixed to the frame of the arm drive mechanism 33 so as to rotate with the left-right direction as the rotation axis direction, and the output gear 60 is rotated in the left-right direction. Is rotatably supported by a fixed shaft 62 that is fixed to the frame of the arm drive mechanism 33.
 出力歯車59および出力歯車60は、アーム駆動機構33の左端側に配置されている。図10(B)に示すように、出力歯車59と出力歯車60とは、左右方向から見たときに上下方向で重なっている。すなわち、左右方向から見たときに、固定軸61と固定軸62とは上下方向で重なっている。本形態では、左右方向から見たときに、出力歯車59が上側に配置され、出力歯車60が下側に配置されている。出力歯車59の左端面には、アーム31の基部31aが固定されている。出力歯車60の左端面には、アーム32の基部32aが固定されている。すなわち、アーム31とアーム32とは、歯車列57を介して共通のモータ56に連結されている。本形態では、アーム31の回動方向とアーム32の回動方向とが逆方向になるように、歯車列57が構成されている。 The output gear 59 and the output gear 60 are arranged on the left end side of the arm drive mechanism 33. As shown in FIG. 10B, the output gear 59 and the output gear 60 overlap in the vertical direction when viewed from the left-right direction. That is, when viewed from the left-right direction, the fixed shaft 61 and the fixed shaft 62 overlap in the vertical direction. In this embodiment, when viewed from the left-right direction, the output gear 59 is disposed on the upper side, and the output gear 60 is disposed on the lower side. A base 31 a of the arm 31 is fixed to the left end surface of the output gear 59. A base portion 32 a of the arm 32 is fixed to the left end surface of the output gear 60. That is, the arm 31 and the arm 32 are connected to a common motor 56 via a gear train 57. In this embodiment, the gear train 57 is configured so that the rotation direction of the arm 31 and the rotation direction of the arm 32 are opposite to each other.
 また、歯車列57は、モータ56からの動力伝達方向の中間位置に配置される中間歯車63を備えている(図11(A)参照)。中間歯車63は、左右方向を回転の軸方向として回転するように、アーム駆動機構33のフレームに固定される固定軸64に回転可能に保持されている。中間歯車63には、クランプ機構34を構成する後述のスライド部材71のラック部71aが噛み合っている。 Further, the gear train 57 includes an intermediate gear 63 disposed at an intermediate position in the direction of power transmission from the motor 56 (see FIG. 11A). The intermediate gear 63 is rotatably held by a fixed shaft 64 that is fixed to the frame of the arm drive mechanism 33 so as to rotate with the left-right direction as the axial direction of rotation. The intermediate gear 63 meshes with a rack portion 71 a of a slide member 71 (described later) constituting the clamp mechanism 34.
 アーム駆動機構33は、アーム31の接触部31bがケース体40の中に収容されて可動ユニット13の移動時に外窓3および内窓4に接触しないように退避する退避位置31A(図12に示す位置)と、接触部31bがケース体40の奥側へ突出して外窓3に接触可能となる第1接触位置31B(図8、図9、図10(A)に示す位置)と、接触部31bがケース体40の奥側へ突出して内窓4に接触可能となる第2接触位置31C(図13に示す位置)との間で、アーム31を回動させる。すなわち、アーム駆動機構33は、外窓3や内窓4にアーム31が接触可能な接触位置31B、31Cと、可動ユニット13の移動時に外窓3および内窓4に接触しないようにアーム31が退避する退避位置31Aとにアーム31を移動させる。 The arm drive mechanism 33 is retracted so that the contact portion 31b of the arm 31 is accommodated in the case body 40 so as not to contact the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 when the movable unit 13 moves (shown in FIG. 12). Position), a first contact position 31B (position shown in FIGS. 8, 9, and 10A) at which the contact portion 31b protrudes toward the back side of the case body 40 and can contact the outer window 3, and the contact portion. The arm 31 is rotated between the second contact position 31 </ b> C (position shown in FIG. 13) that 31 b protrudes to the back side of the case body 40 and can contact the inner window 4. That is, the arm drive mechanism 33 is configured so that the arm 31 does not come into contact with the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 when the movable unit 13 moves and the contact positions 31B and 31C where the arm 31 can contact the outer window 3 and the inner window 4. The arm 31 is moved to the retracted position 31A.
 本形態では、退避位置31Aにあるアーム31は、時計方向へ回動して、第1接触位置31Bおよび第2接触位置31Cへ移動する。上述のように、歯車列57は、アーム31の回動方向とアーム32の回動方向とが逆方向になるように構成されているため、アーム31が時計方向へ回動すると、アーム32は反時計方向へ回動する。また、本形態では、アーム31が、退避位置31Aにあるとき、第1接触位置31Bにあるとき、および、第2接触位置31Cにあるときのいずれの場合でも、アーム32の施錠部32bは、ケース体40の中に収容されている。 In this embodiment, the arm 31 at the retreat position 31A rotates clockwise and moves to the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C. As described above, the gear train 57 is configured such that the rotation direction of the arm 31 and the rotation direction of the arm 32 are opposite to each other. Therefore, when the arm 31 rotates clockwise, It rotates counterclockwise. In this embodiment, the locking portion 32b of the arm 32 is either in the case where the arm 31 is in the retracted position 31A, the first contact position 31B, or the second contact position 31C. It is accommodated in the case body 40.
 なお、アーム駆動機構33は、退避位置31A、第1接触位置31Bおよび第2接触位置31Cのそれぞれを検知するための磁気センサ(図示省略)を備えている。退避位置31Aを検知する磁気センサは、基部31aの周方向において隣り合う2個の磁石55の磁極の切り替わりをこの磁気センサが検知したときにアーム31が退避位置31Aに配置されるように設置されている。第1接触位置31Bを検知する磁気センサは、この磁気センサが磁石54を検知したときにアーム31が第1接触位置31Bに配置されるように設置されている。第2接触位置31Cを検知する磁気センサは、この磁気センサが磁石54を検知したときにアーム31が第2接触位置31Cに配置されるように設置されている。これらの磁気センサは、コントローラ41に接続されている。また、これらの磁気センサは、センサ基板42(図5参照)に実装されており、アーム31の左側に配置されている。 The arm drive mechanism 33 includes a magnetic sensor (not shown) for detecting each of the retracted position 31A, the first contact position 31B, and the second contact position 31C. The magnetic sensor for detecting the retracted position 31A is installed so that the arm 31 is disposed at the retracted position 31A when the magnetic sensor detects the switching of the magnetic poles of two magnets 55 adjacent in the circumferential direction of the base 31a. ing. The magnetic sensor for detecting the first contact position 31B is installed such that the arm 31 is disposed at the first contact position 31B when the magnetic sensor detects the magnet 54. The magnetic sensor for detecting the second contact position 31C is installed such that the arm 31 is disposed at the second contact position 31C when the magnetic sensor detects the magnet 54. These magnetic sensors are connected to the controller 41. Further, these magnetic sensors are mounted on the sensor substrate 42 (see FIG. 5) and are arranged on the left side of the arm 31.
 (クランプ機構の構成)
 図14は、図5に示すクランプ機構34を説明するための図である。図15は、図14に示すクランプ機構34が可動ユニット13を固定しているときの状態を示す図である。
(Clamp mechanism configuration)
FIG. 14 is a view for explaining the clamp mechanism 34 shown in FIG. FIG. 15 is a diagram showing a state when the clamp mechanism 34 shown in FIG. 14 fixes the movable unit 13.
 クランプ機構34は、レール10の下壁部10cの下面に接触して可動ユニット13を固定する2個のクランプ部材68と、クランプ部材68を昇降させるカム部材69と、カム部材69を移動させる歯車70と、歯車70を回転させるスライド部材71とを備えている。歯車70は、前後方向を回転の軸方向として回転するように、アーム駆動機構33のフレームに回転可能に保持されている。また、歯車70は、中間歯車63よりも上側に配置されている。 The clamp mechanism 34 includes two clamp members 68 that contact the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c of the rail 10 to fix the movable unit 13, a cam member 69 that moves the clamp member 68 up and down, and a gear that moves the cam member 69. 70 and a slide member 71 for rotating the gear 70. The gear 70 is rotatably held on the frame of the arm drive mechanism 33 so as to rotate with the front-rear direction as the axial direction of rotation. Further, the gear 70 is disposed above the intermediate gear 63.
 スライド部材71は、中間歯車63と噛み合う複数のラック歯が形成されたラック部71aと、歯車70と噛み合う複数のラック歯が形成されたラック部71bとを備えている。ラック部71aは、そのラック歯が前側へ突出するように、スライド部材71の基部71cの前端に形成されている。ラック部71aのラック歯は、中間歯車63の奥側から中間歯車63と噛み合っている。ラック部71bは、そのラック歯が右側へ突出するように、基部71cの後端側に形成されている。ラック部71bのラック歯は、歯車70の左側から歯車70と噛み合っている。基部71cには、左右方向に貫通する2個の貫通孔71dが形成されている。一方の貫通孔71dには、固定軸61が挿通され、他方の貫通孔71dには、固定軸62が挿通されている。貫通孔71dは、上下方向に長い長孔状に形成されている。 The slide member 71 includes a rack portion 71a in which a plurality of rack teeth meshing with the intermediate gear 63 is formed, and a rack portion 71b in which a plurality of rack teeth meshing with the gear 70 are formed. The rack portion 71a is formed at the front end of the base portion 71c of the slide member 71 so that the rack teeth protrude forward. The rack teeth of the rack portion 71 a mesh with the intermediate gear 63 from the back side of the intermediate gear 63. The rack portion 71b is formed on the rear end side of the base portion 71c so that the rack teeth protrude rightward. The rack teeth of the rack portion 71 b mesh with the gear 70 from the left side of the gear 70. The base 71c is formed with two through holes 71d penetrating in the left-right direction. The fixed shaft 61 is inserted into one through hole 71d, and the fixed shaft 62 is inserted into the other through hole 71d. The through hole 71d is formed in a long hole shape that is long in the vertical direction.
 カム部材69は、上下方向に直交する平板状の基部69aと、カム孔69bが形成される4個のカム部69cと、歯車70と噛み合う複数のラック歯が形成されたラック部69dとを備えている。基部69aの中心部分には、上下方向に貫通する貫通孔69f(図10、図11参照)が形成されており、貫通孔69fには、ユニット駆動機構30の歯車列49を構成する歯車が配置されている。 The cam member 69 includes a flat base 69a perpendicular to the vertical direction, four cams 69c in which the cam holes 69b are formed, and a rack 69d in which a plurality of rack teeth meshing with the gear 70 are formed. ing. A through hole 69f (see FIGS. 10 and 11) penetrating in the vertical direction is formed in the central portion of the base 69a, and gears constituting the gear train 49 of the unit drive mechanism 30 are arranged in the through hole 69f. Has been.
 カム部69cは、基部69aの上面から上側へ突出するとともに前後方向に直交する平板状に形成されている。また、4個のカム部69cのうちの2個のカム部69cは、基部69aの左端側に、かつ、前後方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で形成され、残りの2個のカム部69cは、基部69aの右端側に、かつ、前後方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で形成されている。カム孔69bは、前後方向でカム部69cを貫通している。 The cam portion 69c is formed in a flat plate shape that protrudes upward from the upper surface of the base portion 69a and is orthogonal to the front-rear direction. Of the four cam portions 69c, two cam portions 69c are formed on the left end side of the base portion 69a with a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction, and the remaining two cam portions 69c. Is formed on the right end side of the base portion 69a and with a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction. The cam hole 69b penetrates the cam portion 69c in the front-rear direction.
 ラック部69dは、基部69aの下面から下側へ突出するとともに前後方向に直交する平板状に形成されている。また、ラック部69dは、そのラック歯が下側へ突出するように、基部69aの左端側に形成されている。ラック部69dのラック歯は、歯車70の上側から歯車70と噛み合っている。ラック部69dには、前後方向に貫通する貫通孔69eが形成されている。貫通孔69eは、左右方向に長い長孔状に形成されている。貫通孔69eには、アーム駆動機構33のフレームに固定される固定軸72が挿通されている。 The rack portion 69d is formed in a flat plate shape that protrudes downward from the lower surface of the base portion 69a and is orthogonal to the front-rear direction. The rack portion 69d is formed on the left end side of the base portion 69a so that the rack teeth protrude downward. The rack teeth of the rack portion 69 d mesh with the gear 70 from the upper side of the gear 70. The rack portion 69d is formed with a through hole 69e penetrating in the front-rear direction. The through hole 69e is formed in a long hole shape that is long in the left-right direction. A fixed shaft 72 fixed to the frame of the arm drive mechanism 33 is inserted through the through hole 69e.
 クランプ部材68は、図8に示すように、左右方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で配置される2個の接触部68aと、2個の接触部68aを繋ぐ連結部68bとから構成されている。図5に示すように、2個の接触部68aのうちの左側に配置される接触部68aは、駆動ローラ50の下側に配置されている。この接触部68aと駆動ローラ50との間には、レール10の下壁部10cが配置されている。2個の接触部68aのうちの右側に配置される接触部68aは、従動ローラ51の下側に配置されている。この接触部68aと従動ローラ51との間には、下壁部10cが配置されている。2個のクランプ部材68のうちの一方のクランプ部材68は、前側に配置されるカム部69cの前側に配置され、他方のクランプ部材68は、奥側に配置されるカム部69cの奥側に配置されている。また、2個のクランプ部材68は、基部69aの上側に配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 8, the clamp member 68 is composed of two contact portions 68a arranged at a predetermined interval in the left-right direction and a connecting portion 68b that connects the two contact portions 68a. Yes. As shown in FIG. 5, the contact portion 68 a disposed on the left side of the two contact portions 68 a is disposed below the drive roller 50. A lower wall portion 10 c of the rail 10 is disposed between the contact portion 68 a and the driving roller 50. The contact portion 68 a disposed on the right side of the two contact portions 68 a is disposed below the driven roller 51. A lower wall portion 10c is disposed between the contact portion 68a and the driven roller 51. One of the two clamp members 68 is disposed on the front side of the cam portion 69c disposed on the front side, and the other clamp member 68 is disposed on the back side of the cam portion 69c disposed on the back side. Has been placed. Further, the two clamp members 68 are disposed on the upper side of the base portion 69a.
 2個のクランプ部材68は、前後方向を軸方向として配置される2本の連結軸73によって連結されている。2本の連結軸73のうちの一方の連結軸73は、前側に配置されるクランプ部材68の左側の接触部68aと、奥側に配置されるクランプ部材68の左側の接触部68aとを繋いでいる。この連結軸73は、左側に配置される2個のカム部69cのカム孔69bに挿通されている。2本の連結軸73のうちの他方の連結軸73は、前側に配置されるクランプ部材68の右側の接触部68aと、奥側に配置されるクランプ部材68の右側の接触部68aとを繋いでいる。この連結軸73は、右側に配置される2個のカム部69cのカム孔69bに挿通されている。 The two clamp members 68 are connected by two connecting shafts 73 arranged with the front-rear direction as an axial direction. One of the two connecting shafts 73 connects the contact portion 68a on the left side of the clamp member 68 disposed on the front side and the contact portion 68a on the left side of the clamp member 68 disposed on the back side. It is out. The connecting shaft 73 is inserted through the cam holes 69b of the two cam portions 69c arranged on the left side. The other connecting shaft 73 of the two connecting shafts 73 connects the contact portion 68a on the right side of the clamp member 68 disposed on the front side and the contact portion 68a on the right side of the clamp member 68 disposed on the back side. It is out. The connecting shaft 73 is inserted through the cam holes 69b of the two cam portions 69c arranged on the right side.
 左側に配置される接触部68aの下には、圧縮コイルバネ74が配置されている。クランプ部材68は、圧縮コイルバネ74の付勢力で上方向へ付勢されている。なお、基部69aには、圧縮コイルバネ74が挿通される貫通孔が上下方向に貫通するように形成されている。この貫通孔は、左右方向に長い長孔状に形成されている。 A compression coil spring 74 is disposed under the contact portion 68a disposed on the left side. The clamp member 68 is urged upward by the urging force of the compression coil spring 74. Note that a through hole through which the compression coil spring 74 is inserted is formed in the base 69a so as to penetrate in the vertical direction. The through hole is formed in a long hole shape that is long in the left-right direction.
 モータ56の動力によって中間歯車63が回転すると、スライド部材71は、固定軸61、62にガイドされながら上下動する。スライド部材71が上下動すると、歯車70が回転し、カム部材69は、固定軸72にガイドされながら左右方向へ移動する。カム部材69が左右方向へ移動すると、カム孔69bに挿通される連結軸73と一緒にクランプ部材68が上下方向へ移動する。 When the intermediate gear 63 is rotated by the power of the motor 56, the slide member 71 moves up and down while being guided by the fixed shafts 61 and 62. When the slide member 71 moves up and down, the gear 70 rotates, and the cam member 69 moves in the left-right direction while being guided by the fixed shaft 72. When the cam member 69 moves in the left-right direction, the clamp member 68 moves in the up-down direction together with the connecting shaft 73 inserted through the cam hole 69b.
 本形態では、接触部68aが下壁部10cの下面から離れている位置(図14に示す位置)と、接触部68aが下壁部10cの下面に接触する位置(図15に示す位置)との間でクランプ部材68が上下方向へ移動する。接触部68aが下壁部10cの下面に接触しているときには、駆動ローラ50および従動ローラ51と、接触部68aとの間に下壁部10cが挟まれており、レール10に対して可動ユニット13が固定される。 In this embodiment, a position where the contact portion 68a is separated from the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c (position shown in FIG. 14), a position where the contact portion 68a contacts the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c (position shown in FIG. 15), In between, the clamp member 68 moves up and down. When the contact portion 68a is in contact with the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c, the lower wall portion 10c is sandwiched between the driving roller 50, the driven roller 51, and the contact portion 68a, so that the movable unit is movable with respect to the rail 10. 13 is fixed.
 また、本形態では、アーム32によって錠12が閉められるときに、レール10に対して可動ユニット13が固定されるように、カム孔69bが形成されている。具体的には、まず、アーム31が退避位置31Aにあるときに、接触部68aが下壁部10cの下面から離れているように、カム孔69bが形成されている。また、錠12を閉めるときには、後述のように、アーム32は時計方向へ回動するようになっており、アーム31が退避位置31Aにある状態からアーム32が時計方向へ回動すると(すなわち、アーム31が反時計方向へ回動すると)、接触部68aが下壁部10cの下面に接触して、この接触状態が維持されるように、カム孔69bが形成されている。また、アーム31が退避位置31Aにある状態からアーム31が時計方向へ回動すると(すなわち、アーム32が反時計方向へ回動すると)、接触部68aが下壁部10cの下面から離れている状態が維持されるように、カム孔69bが形成されている。 In this embodiment, the cam hole 69 b is formed so that the movable unit 13 is fixed to the rail 10 when the lock 12 is closed by the arm 32. Specifically, first, the cam hole 69b is formed so that the contact portion 68a is separated from the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c when the arm 31 is at the retracted position 31A. Further, when the lock 12 is closed, as will be described later, the arm 32 is rotated in the clockwise direction, and when the arm 32 is rotated in the clockwise direction from the state where the arm 31 is in the retracted position 31A (that is, When the arm 31 rotates counterclockwise), the cam hole 69b is formed so that the contact portion 68a contacts the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c and this contact state is maintained. Further, when the arm 31 is rotated clockwise from the state where the arm 31 is at the retracted position 31A (that is, when the arm 32 is rotated counterclockwise), the contact portion 68a is separated from the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c. A cam hole 69b is formed so that the state is maintained.
 (錠の構成)
 図16は、図1に示す錠12の内部構造を説明するための側面図である。図17~図19は、図16に示す錠12の動作を説明するための側面図である。
(Structure of the lock)
FIG. 16 is a side view for explaining the internal structure of the lock 12 shown in FIG. 17 to 19 are side views for explaining the operation of the lock 12 shown in FIG.
 錠12は、内窓4の框の左端部分の左側面に固定される本体部77と、外窓3の框の右端部分の左側面に固定されるロックプレート78とを備えている。本体部77は、前後方向にスライド可能なロック部材79と、ロック部材79をスライドさせるスライド部材80と、これらの構成が収容されるケース体81とを備えている。ケース体81は、左右方向の厚さが薄い直方体の箱状に形成されている。 The lock 12 includes a main body 77 fixed to the left side of the left end portion of the inner window 4 and a lock plate 78 fixed to the left side of the right end portion of the outer window 3. The main body 77 includes a lock member 79 that is slidable in the front-rear direction, a slide member 80 that slides the lock member 79, and a case body 81 that accommodates these components. The case body 81 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped box shape having a small thickness in the left-right direction.
 ロックプレート78は、左右方向に直交する平板状に形成され外窓3の框に固定される固定部78aと、前後方向に直交する平板状に形成され固定部78aの前端に繋がる係合部78bとから構成されており、上下方向から見たときの形状が略L形状となるように形成されている。係合部78bには、ロック部材79が係合する係合孔が形成されている。この係合孔は、前後方向で係合部78bを貫通するように形成されている。 The lock plate 78 is formed in a flat plate shape orthogonal to the left-right direction and fixed to the flange of the outer window 3, and an engagement portion 78b formed in a flat plate shape orthogonal to the front-rear direction and connected to the front end of the fixed portion 78a. And is formed so that the shape when viewed in the vertical direction is substantially L-shaped. An engagement hole with which the lock member 79 is engaged is formed in the engagement portion 78b. The engagement hole is formed so as to penetrate the engagement portion 78b in the front-rear direction.
 ロック部材79は、全体として左右方向に扁平な略直方体状に形成される基部79aと、基部79aの上端面から上側へ突出するバネ保持部79bとから構成されている。このロック部材79は、ロックプレート78の係合孔に係合して錠12を施錠状態にする機能を果たしている。基部79aの前下端側には、下側に向かうにしたがって奥側へ傾斜する傾斜面79cが形成されている。 The lock member 79 includes a base portion 79a formed in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape that is flat in the left-right direction as a whole, and a spring holding portion 79b that protrudes upward from the upper end surface of the base portion 79a. The lock member 79 functions to engage the engagement hole of the lock plate 78 to bring the lock 12 into a locked state. An inclined surface 79c is formed on the front lower end side of the base portion 79a so as to incline toward the back as it goes downward.
 基部79aの上端側には、左右方向に貫通する貫通孔79dが形成されている。貫通孔79dは、前後方向に長い長孔状に形成されている。貫通孔79dには、ケース体81に形成または固定される2本のガイドピン82が挿通されている。2本のガイドピン82は、前後方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で配置されている。貫通孔79dの下側には、錠12の施錠状態を手動で解除するための解除ピン83が固定されている。解除ピン83は、ロック部材79の左側面から左側へ突出している。ケース体81には、解除ピン83が挿通される貫通孔が形成されており、解除ピン83の先端側は、ケース体81の左側面よりも左側へ突出している。 A through hole 79d penetrating in the left-right direction is formed on the upper end side of the base 79a. The through hole 79d is formed in a long hole shape that is long in the front-rear direction. Two guide pins 82 formed or fixed to the case body 81 are inserted through the through holes 79d. The two guide pins 82 are arranged with a predetermined interval in the front-rear direction. A release pin 83 for manually releasing the lock state of the lock 12 is fixed below the through hole 79d. The release pin 83 protrudes from the left side surface of the lock member 79 to the left side. A through hole through which the release pin 83 is inserted is formed in the case body 81, and the distal end side of the release pin 83 protrudes to the left from the left side surface of the case body 81.
 バネ保持部79bは、基部79aの前端側に形成されている。バネ保持部79bの前端は、基部79aの前端よりも奥側に配置されている。バネ保持部79bの後端面には、圧縮コイルバネ84の前端側を保持する凹部が形成されている。圧縮コイルバネ84の後端側は、ケース体81に形成されるバネ保持部に保持されており、ロック部材79は、圧縮コイルバネ84の付勢力によって前側へ付勢されている。 The spring holding portion 79b is formed on the front end side of the base portion 79a. The front end of the spring holding portion 79b is disposed on the far side of the front end of the base portion 79a. A recess for holding the front end side of the compression coil spring 84 is formed on the rear end surface of the spring holding portion 79b. The rear end side of the compression coil spring 84 is held by a spring holding portion formed in the case body 81, and the lock member 79 is urged forward by the urging force of the compression coil spring 84.
 ケース体81の奥側面には、ロック部材79が通過可能な貫通孔81aが形成されている。ロック部材79は、図18、図19に示すように、ケース体81の奥側面よりも奥側に突出してロックプレート78に係合する位置と、図16、図17に示すように、その全体がケース体81の中に収容される位置との間で、ガイドピン82にガイドされながら、前後方向へスライド可能となっている。 A through hole 81 a through which the lock member 79 can pass is formed on the back side surface of the case body 81. As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the lock member 79 protrudes from the back side of the case body 81 to the back side and engages with the lock plate 78, and as shown in FIGS. Is slidable in the front-rear direction while being guided by the guide pin 82 between the position accommodated in the case body 81.
 スライド部材80は、上下方向に直交する厚い平板状に形成されるロック部材接触部80aと、前後方向に直交する厚い平板状に形成されロック部材接触部80aの前端から上側に向かって垂直に立ち上る磁石保持部80bとから構成されており、左右方向から見たときの形状が略L形状となるように形成されている。ロック部材接触部80aの上面の奥端は、ロック部材79の傾斜面79cに接触可能となっており、曲率半径の小さな曲面状に形成されている。磁石保持部80bの上端側には、錠12が施錠状態となったことを検知するための磁石が固定されている。 The slide member 80 has a locking member contact portion 80a formed in a thick flat plate shape perpendicular to the vertical direction, and a thick flat plate shape orthogonal to the front-rear direction, and rises vertically upward from the front end of the locking member contact portion 80a. It is comprised from the magnet holding | maintenance part 80b, and when it sees from the left-right direction, it forms so that it may become a substantially L shape. The back end of the upper surface of the lock member contact portion 80a can be brought into contact with the inclined surface 79c of the lock member 79, and is formed into a curved surface with a small curvature radius. A magnet for detecting that the lock 12 is in a locked state is fixed to the upper end side of the magnet holding portion 80b.
 ロック部材接触部80aの奥端側の下面には、下側へ伸びるガイド軸86が固定されている。ガイド軸86は、軸受ホルダ87の内部に配置される摺動軸受に上下動可能に支持されている。軸受ホルダ87は、ケース体81に固定されている。ガイド軸86の下端には、その径方向の外側へ広がる鍔部86aが形成されている。ガイド軸86は、圧縮コイルバネ88に挿通されており、圧縮コイルバネ88の下端は、鍔部86aの上面に当接している。圧縮コイルバネ88の上端は、軸受ホルダ87に保持されており、スライド部材80およびガイド軸86は、圧縮コイルバネ88の付勢力で下側へ付勢されている。 A guide shaft 86 extending downward is fixed to the bottom surface of the lock member contact portion 80a on the far end side. The guide shaft 86 is supported by a sliding bearing disposed inside the bearing holder 87 so as to be movable up and down. The bearing holder 87 is fixed to the case body 81. At the lower end of the guide shaft 86, a flange portion 86a that extends outward in the radial direction is formed. The guide shaft 86 is inserted into the compression coil spring 88, and the lower end of the compression coil spring 88 is in contact with the upper surface of the flange portion 86a. The upper end of the compression coil spring 88 is held by the bearing holder 87, and the slide member 80 and the guide shaft 86 are urged downward by the urging force of the compression coil spring 88.
 ケース体81の前側面には、上下方向に細長い開口部81bが形成されている。開口部81bには、スライド部材80の前端側が配置されている。本形態では、スライド部材80の前端とケース体81の前端とが略一致している。 A long and narrow opening 81b is formed on the front side surface of the case body 81 in the vertical direction. The front end side of the slide member 80 is disposed in the opening 81b. In this embodiment, the front end of the slide member 80 and the front end of the case body 81 substantially coincide.
 錠12を閉めるときには、まず、アーム32を時計方向へ回動させる。すなわち、図16に示すようにケース体40の中に収容されているアーム32をモータ56の動力によって時計方向へ回動させる。すると、図17に示すように、アーム32の施錠部32bの先端側が開口部81bからケース体81の内部へ入り込み、ロック部材接触部80aと磁石保持部80bとの境界部分に接触して、下側へ付勢されたスライド部材80を持ち上げる。アーム32が時計方向へさらに回動すると、ロック部材接触部80aがロック部材79の傾斜面79cに接触しながら上昇する。すると、前側へ付勢されたロック部材79が奥側へスライドして、ロック部材79がロックプレート78の係合孔に係合する。 When closing the lock 12, the arm 32 is first rotated clockwise. That is, as shown in FIG. 16, the arm 32 housed in the case body 40 is rotated clockwise by the power of the motor 56. Then, as shown in FIG. 17, the distal end side of the locking portion 32b of the arm 32 enters the inside of the case body 81 from the opening 81b, contacts the boundary portion between the lock member contact portion 80a and the magnet holding portion 80b, and The slide member 80 biased to the side is lifted. When the arm 32 further rotates in the clockwise direction, the lock member contact portion 80a moves upward while contacting the inclined surface 79c of the lock member 79. Then, the lock member 79 biased to the front side slides to the back side, and the lock member 79 engages with the engagement hole of the lock plate 78.
 図18に示すように、ロック部材接触部80aの下面が基部79aの上端面を越える位置までロック部材接触部80aが上昇すると、圧縮コイルバネ84の付勢力によって、ロック部材接触部80aの後端にバネ保持部79bの前端面が接触する。このときには、ロックプレート78の係合孔にロック部材79が係合している。また、ロック部材接触部80aの下面が基部79aの上端面を越える位置までロック部材接触部80aが上昇すると、アーム32が停止する。 As shown in FIG. 18, when the lock member contact portion 80a rises to a position where the lower surface of the lock member contact portion 80a exceeds the upper end surface of the base portion 79a, the biasing force of the compression coil spring 84 causes the rear end of the lock member contact portion 80a. The front end surface of the spring holding portion 79b comes into contact. At this time, the lock member 79 is engaged with the engagement hole of the lock plate 78. Further, when the lock member contact portion 80a rises to a position where the lower surface of the lock member contact portion 80a exceeds the upper end surface of the base portion 79a, the arm 32 stops.
 なお、アーム駆動機構33は、図18に示す位置までアーム32が回動したことを検知するための磁気センサ(図示省略)を備えている。すなわち、アーム駆動機構33は、ロック部材接触部80aの下面が基部79aの上端面を越える位置にスライド部材80が上昇するまでアーム32が回動したことを検知するための磁気センサを備えている。この磁気センサは、アーム31の磁石保持部31cに固定された磁石54をこの磁気センサが検知したときに、図18に示す位置までアーム32が回動しているように設置されており、この磁気センサが磁石54を検知すると、アーム32が停止する。この磁気センサは、コントローラ41に接続されている。この磁気センサは、センサ基板42に実装されており、アーム31の左側に配置されている。 The arm drive mechanism 33 includes a magnetic sensor (not shown) for detecting that the arm 32 has been rotated to the position shown in FIG. In other words, the arm drive mechanism 33 includes a magnetic sensor for detecting that the arm 32 has been rotated until the slide member 80 is raised to a position where the lower surface of the lock member contact portion 80a exceeds the upper end surface of the base portion 79a. . This magnetic sensor is installed so that the arm 32 is rotated to the position shown in FIG. 18 when the magnetic sensor detects the magnet 54 fixed to the magnet holding portion 31c of the arm 31. When the magnetic sensor detects the magnet 54, the arm 32 stops. This magnetic sensor is connected to the controller 41. This magnetic sensor is mounted on the sensor substrate 42 and is arranged on the left side of the arm 31.
 その後、アーム32を反時計方向へ回動させる。アーム32が反時計方向へ回動すると、図19に示すように、圧縮コイルバネ88の付勢力によって、ロック部材接触部80aの後端側の下面が、基部79aの前端とバネ保持部79bの前端との間の、基部79aの上端面(以下、「前端側上端面79e」とする)に接触する。このように、圧縮コイルバネ84、88の付勢力によって、ロック部材接触部80aの後端にバネ保持部79bの前端面が接触し、かつ、ロック部材接触部80aの後端側の下面が前端側上端面79eに接触するため、施錠部32bがケース体40に収容されるまでアーム32が反時計方向へ回動しても、ロックプレート78の係合孔へのロック部材79の係合状態が維持される。すなわち、錠12の施錠状態が維持される。 After that, the arm 32 is rotated counterclockwise. When the arm 32 rotates counterclockwise, as shown in FIG. 19, the lower surface of the rear end side of the lock member contact portion 80a is caused by the biasing force of the compression coil spring 88 so that the front end of the base portion 79a and the front end of the spring holding portion 79b. To the upper end surface of the base portion 79a (hereinafter referred to as “front end side upper end surface 79e”). Thus, the urging force of the compression coil springs 84 and 88 causes the front end surface of the spring holding portion 79b to contact the rear end of the lock member contact portion 80a, and the lower surface of the rear end side of the lock member contact portion 80a is the front end side. Even if the arm 32 rotates counterclockwise until the locking portion 32b is accommodated in the case body 40 because it contacts the upper end surface 79e, the engagement state of the lock member 79 to the engagement hole of the lock plate 78 is maintained. Maintained. That is, the locked state of the lock 12 is maintained.
 上述のように、歯車列57は、アーム31の回動方向とアーム32の回動方向とが逆方向になるように構成されているため、アーム32が時計方向へ回動すると、アーム31は反時計方向へ回動し、アーム32が反時計方向へ回動すると、アーム31は時計方向へ回動する。すなわち、本形態では、モータ56が一方向へ回転すると、アーム31が退避位置31Aから第1接触位置31Bおよび第2接触位置31Cへ向かう方向へアーム31、32が回動し、モータ56が他方向へ回転すると、アーム32が錠12を閉める方向へアーム31、32が回動する。また、本形態では、アーム32が錠12を閉める際に、アーム31の接触部31bは、ケース体40の中に収容されている。 As described above, the gear train 57 is configured such that the rotation direction of the arm 31 and the rotation direction of the arm 32 are opposite to each other. Therefore, when the arm 32 rotates clockwise, When the arm 32 rotates counterclockwise and the arm 32 rotates counterclockwise, the arm 31 rotates clockwise. That is, in this embodiment, when the motor 56 rotates in one direction, the arms 31 and 32 rotate in a direction from the retracted position 31A toward the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, and the motor 56 moves in the other direction. When rotating in the direction, the arms 31 and 32 rotate in the direction in which the arm 32 closes the lock 12. In this embodiment, when the arm 32 closes the lock 12, the contact portion 31 b of the arm 31 is accommodated in the case body 40.
 また、錠12を開けるときには、手動で解除ピン83を奥側へ押す。解除ピン83が奥側へ押されると、ロック部材79が奥側へ移動し、前端側上端面79eからロック部材接触部80aが外れて、前端側上端面79eとロック部材接触部80aとの接触状態が解除される。すると、圧縮コイルバネ88の付勢力によって、図16に示す位置までスライド部材80が降下する。その後、解除ピン83を離すと、圧縮コイルバネ84の付勢力によって、ロック部材79が前側へ移動し、ロック部材79がロックプレート78の係合孔から外れて、錠12が開く。 Also, when opening the lock 12, the release pin 83 is manually pushed to the back side. When the release pin 83 is pushed to the back side, the lock member 79 moves to the back side, the lock member contact portion 80a is detached from the front end side upper end surface 79e, and the front end side upper end surface 79e contacts the lock member contact portion 80a. The state is released. Then, the slide member 80 is lowered to the position shown in FIG. 16 by the urging force of the compression coil spring 88. Thereafter, when the release pin 83 is released, the lock member 79 is moved forward by the urging force of the compression coil spring 84, the lock member 79 is released from the engagement hole of the lock plate 78, and the lock 12 is opened.
 なお、可動ユニット13は、ロック部材接触部80aの後端にバネ保持部79bの前端面が接触し、かつ、ロック部材接触部80aの後端側の下面が前端側上端面79eに接触しているときに、磁石保持部80bの上端側に固定される磁石を検知するための磁気センサ90を備えている。この磁気センサ90は、基板を介してケース体40に固定されている。また、磁気センサ90は、コントローラに接続されている。本形態では、ロック部材接触部80aの後端にバネ保持部79bの前端面が接触し、かつ、ロック部材接触部80aの後端側の下面が前端側上端面79eに接触していることを検知するための検知機構として、磁気センサ90を用いているため、組立時におけるこの検知機構の位置調整が容易であり、また、この検知機構の寿命は、半永久的である。 In the movable unit 13, the front end surface of the spring holding portion 79b is in contact with the rear end of the lock member contact portion 80a, and the lower surface on the rear end side of the lock member contact portion 80a is in contact with the front end side upper end surface 79e. A magnetic sensor 90 is provided for detecting a magnet fixed to the upper end side of the magnet holding portion 80b. The magnetic sensor 90 is fixed to the case body 40 via a substrate. The magnetic sensor 90 is connected to the controller. In this embodiment, the front end surface of the spring holding portion 79b is in contact with the rear end of the lock member contact portion 80a, and the lower surface on the rear end side of the lock member contact portion 80a is in contact with the front end side upper end surface 79e. Since the magnetic sensor 90 is used as a detection mechanism for detection, the position adjustment of the detection mechanism during assembly is easy, and the life of the detection mechanism is semi-permanent.
 (窓閉め装置の動作)
 図20は、図1に示す可動ユニット13の動作フローの一例を示すフローチャートである。
(Operation of window closing device)
FIG. 20 is a flowchart illustrating an example of an operation flow of the movable unit 13 illustrated in FIG.
 以上のように構成された窓閉め装置1では、待機状態の可動ユニット13は、上述のように、レール10の左端側で停止している。このときには、アーム31は、退避位置31Aに配置されている。この状態で、たとえば、携帯端末機器17から、外窓3、内窓4の閉鎖指示および錠12の施錠指示が入力されると、無線LANルータ16を介して、外窓3、内窓4の閉鎖信号および錠12の施錠信号がステーションユニット11に入力される。すると、ステーションユニット11の赤外線通信モジュール20から可動ユニット13の赤外線通信モジュール37へ外窓3、内窓4の閉鎖信号および錠12の施錠信号が送られて、可動ユニット13が動作を開始する。すなわち、ステーションユニット11から可動ユニット13へ可動ユニット13を動作させるための信号が送信される。 In the window closing device 1 configured as described above, the movable unit 13 in the standby state is stopped on the left end side of the rail 10 as described above. At this time, the arm 31 is disposed at the retracted position 31A. In this state, for example, when a closing instruction for the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and a locking instruction for the lock 12 are input from the mobile terminal device 17, the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are connected via the wireless LAN router 16. A closing signal and a locking signal for the lock 12 are input to the station unit 11. Then, the closing signal of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and the locking signal of the lock 12 are sent from the infrared communication module 20 of the station unit 11 to the infrared communication module 37 of the movable unit 13, and the movable unit 13 starts its operation. That is, a signal for operating the movable unit 13 is transmitted from the station unit 11 to the movable unit 13.
 ステーションユニット11から外窓3、内窓4の閉鎖信号および錠12の施錠信号を受信した可動ユニット13のコントローラ41は、外枠7の左端よりも左側にある可動ユニット13を第1検知位置まで移動させて、外窓3の開閉状態を検知する(開閉状態検知ステップ、ステップS1)。ステップS1では、待機位置から右方向へ移動する可動ユニット13は、第2センサ39が磁石ホルダ45に固定される第1磁石を検知すると停止する。また、可動ユニット13が停止すると、第1センサ38の発光素子から赤外線が射出されて、外窓3の開閉状態が検知される。 The controller 41 of the movable unit 13 that has received the closing signal of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and the locking signal of the lock 12 from the station unit 11 moves the movable unit 13 on the left side of the left end of the outer frame 7 to the first detection position. It is moved to detect the open / close state of the outer window 3 (open / close state detection step, step S1). In step S <b> 1, the movable unit 13 that moves to the right from the standby position stops when the second sensor 39 detects the first magnet fixed to the magnet holder 45. When the movable unit 13 stops, infrared light is emitted from the light emitting element of the first sensor 38, and the open / closed state of the outer window 3 is detected.
 その後、コントローラ41は、退避位置31Aにあるアーム31を第2接触位置31Cへ移動させてから、その状態で、可動ユニット13を第2検知位置まで移動させる(第1可動ユニット移動ステップ、ステップS2)。ステップS2では、退避位置31Aにあるアーム31は、第2接触位置31Cまで時計方向へ回動し、アーム32は、反時計方向へ回動する。また、ステップS2では、第2接触位置31Cにアーム31がある状態で可動ユニット13が右方向へ移動するため、内窓4が開いている場合には、アーム31の接触部31bが内窓4の框の左端部分の左側面に接触して内窓4を閉める。また、ステップS2では、第1検知位置から右方向へ移動する可動ユニット13は、第2センサ39が磁石ホルダ46に固定される第2磁石を検知すると停止する。内窓4が開いていた場合には、可動ユニット13が第2検知位置まで移動すると、内窓4は完全に閉まる。 Thereafter, the controller 41 moves the arm 31 at the retracted position 31A to the second contact position 31C, and then moves the movable unit 13 to the second detection position in that state (first movable unit moving step, step S2). ). In step S2, the arm 31 at the retracted position 31A rotates clockwise to the second contact position 31C, and the arm 32 rotates counterclockwise. In step S2, the movable unit 13 moves rightward with the arm 31 at the second contact position 31C. Therefore, when the inner window 4 is open, the contact portion 31b of the arm 31 is moved to the inner window 4. The inner window 4 is closed in contact with the left side surface of the left end portion of the bag. In step S <b> 2, the movable unit 13 that moves to the right from the first detection position stops when the second sensor 39 detects the second magnet fixed to the magnet holder 46. When the inner window 4 is open, the inner window 4 is completely closed when the movable unit 13 moves to the second detection position.
 その後、ステップS1において、外窓3が閉まっていることが検知された場合(ステップS3で“Yes”の場合)には、コントローラ41は、錠12を閉める(第2施錠ステップ、ステップS4)。ステップS4では、まず、アーム32が時計方向へ回動して錠12を閉める。このとき、第2接触位置31Cにあるアーム31が退避位置31Aを通過するまでアーム32が時計方向へ回動すると、クランプ部材68の接触部68aがレール10の下壁部10cの下面に接触して、レール10に対して可動ユニット13が固定される。また、ステップS4では、その後、アーム31が退避位置31Aに配置されるまで、アーム32が反時計方向へ回動する。 Thereafter, when it is detected in step S1 that the outer window 3 is closed (in the case of “Yes” in step S3), the controller 41 closes the lock 12 (second locking step, step S4). In step S4, first, the arm 32 rotates clockwise to close the lock 12. At this time, when the arm 32 rotates clockwise until the arm 31 at the second contact position 31C passes the retreat position 31A, the contact portion 68a of the clamp member 68 contacts the lower surface of the lower wall portion 10c of the rail 10. Thus, the movable unit 13 is fixed to the rail 10. In step S4, thereafter, the arm 32 rotates counterclockwise until the arm 31 is disposed at the retracted position 31A.
 その後、コントローラ41は、錠12の施錠に成功したか否かを判断する(ステップS5)。ステップS5では、ロック部材接触部80aの後端にバネ保持部79bの前端面が接触し、かつ、ロック部材接触部80aの後端側の下面が前端側上端面79eに接触していることが磁気センサ90によって検知されている場合に、コントローラ41は、錠12の施錠に成功したと判断し、磁気センサ90によってこの検知がされていない場合に、コントローラ41は、錠12の施錠に失敗したと判断する。なお、ステップS5では、施錠の成否を知らせる信号が、可動ユニット13の赤外線通信モジュール37からステーションユニット11の赤外線通信モジュール20へ送信される。すなわち、可動ユニット13からステーションユニット11へ施錠の成否を知らせる信号が送信される。また、ステーションユニット11から携帯端末機器17へ施錠の成否を知らせる信号が送信される。 Thereafter, the controller 41 determines whether or not the lock 12 has been successfully locked (step S5). In step S5, the front end surface of the spring holding portion 79b is in contact with the rear end of the lock member contact portion 80a, and the lower surface on the rear end side of the lock member contact portion 80a is in contact with the front end side upper end surface 79e. When it is detected by the magnetic sensor 90, the controller 41 determines that the lock 12 has been successfully locked. When the magnetic sensor 90 has not detected this, the controller 41 has failed to lock the lock 12. Judge. In step S <b> 5, a signal notifying whether or not the locking is successful is transmitted from the infrared communication module 37 of the movable unit 13 to the infrared communication module 20 of the station unit 11. That is, a signal that informs the success or failure of locking is transmitted from the movable unit 13 to the station unit 11. In addition, a signal notifying the success or failure of locking is transmitted from the station unit 11 to the mobile terminal device 17.
 ステップS5で、錠12の施錠が成功したと判断された場合には、コントローラ41は、可動ユニット13を待機位置まで移動させて(ステップS6)、窓閉め装置1による外窓3、内窓4の閉鎖動作および錠12の施錠動作が完了する。ステップS6では、第2検知位置から左方向へ移動する可動ユニット13は、第2センサ39が磁石ホルダ47に固定される第3磁石を検知すると停止する。一方、ステップS5で、錠12の施錠に失敗したと判断された場合には、所定の異常処理が実行されてから(ステップS7)、窓閉め装置1による外窓3、内窓4の閉鎖動作および錠12の施錠動作が完了する。 If it is determined in step S5 that the lock 12 has been successfully locked, the controller 41 moves the movable unit 13 to the standby position (step S6), and the outer window 3 and inner window 4 by the window closing device 1 are moved. The closing operation and the locking operation of the lock 12 are completed. In step S <b> 6, the movable unit 13 that moves to the left from the second detection position stops when the second sensor 39 detects the third magnet fixed to the magnet holder 47. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S5 that locking of the lock 12 has failed, after the predetermined abnormality process is executed (step S7), the closing operation of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 by the window closing device 1 is performed. And the locking operation of the lock 12 is completed.
 また、ステップS1において、外窓3が開いていることが検知された場合(ステップS3で“No”の場合)には、ステップS2の後に、コントローラ41は、第2接触位置31Cにあるアーム31を第1接触位置31Bへ移動させてから、その状態で、可動ユニット13を左方向へ、かつ、外窓3が閉まるまで移動させる(第2可動ユニット移動ステップ、ステップS8)。ステップS8では、第1接触位置31Bにアーム31がある状態で可動ユニット13が左方向へ移動するため、アーム31の接触部31bが外窓3の框の左端部分の右側面に接触して外窓3を閉める。 Further, when it is detected in step S1 that the outer window 3 is open (in the case of “No” in step S3), after step S2, the controller 41 moves the arm 31 at the second contact position 31C. Is moved to the first contact position 31B, and in this state, the movable unit 13 is moved to the left and until the outer window 3 is closed (second movable unit moving step, step S8). In step S8, since the movable unit 13 moves leftward with the arm 31 at the first contact position 31B, the contact portion 31b of the arm 31 comes into contact with the right side surface of the left end portion of the outer window 3 so as to be removed. Close window 3.
 その後、コントローラ41は、可動ユニット13を再び、第2検知位置まで移動させる(第3可動ユニット移動ステップ、ステップS9)。ステップS9では、第1接触位置31Bにあるアーム31が第2接触位置31Cまたは退避位置31Aに移動した後に、可動ユニット13が第2検知位置まで移動する。その後、ステップS4と同様に、錠12を閉め(第1施錠ステップ、ステップS10)、ステップS5へ進む。 Thereafter, the controller 41 again moves the movable unit 13 to the second detection position (third movable unit moving step, step S9). In step S9, after the arm 31 at the first contact position 31B moves to the second contact position 31C or the retracted position 31A, the movable unit 13 moves to the second detection position. Then, similarly to step S4, the lock 12 is closed (first locking step, step S10), and the process proceeds to step S5.
 (本形態の主な効果)
 以上説明したように、本形態の窓閉め装置1は、窓枠5に沿って配置されるレール10と、レール10に係合するとともにレール10に沿って移動する可動ユニット13とを備えている。また、本形態では、可動ユニット13は、可動ユニット13をレール10に沿って移動させるユニット駆動機構30と、外窓3および内窓4に接触して外窓3および内窓4を閉めるアーム31とを備えている。そのため、本形態では、窓枠5に沿ってレール10を設置し、かつ、可動ユニット13をレール10に係合させれば、既存の引き違い窓2に窓閉め装置1を取り付けることができる。すなわち、本形態では、既存の引き違い窓2を改造しなくても、既存の引き違い窓2に窓閉め装置1を取り付けることができる。したがって、本形態では、既存の引き違い窓2に窓閉め装置1を取り付ける場合であっても、その取付作業を容易に行うことが可能になる。
(Main effects of this form)
As described above, the window closing device 1 of this embodiment includes the rail 10 disposed along the window frame 5 and the movable unit 13 that engages with the rail 10 and moves along the rail 10. . In this embodiment, the movable unit 13 includes a unit driving mechanism 30 that moves the movable unit 13 along the rail 10, and an arm 31 that contacts the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 to close the outer window 3 and the inner window 4. And. Therefore, in this embodiment, if the rail 10 is installed along the window frame 5 and the movable unit 13 is engaged with the rail 10, the window closing device 1 can be attached to the existing sliding window 2. That is, in this embodiment, the window closing device 1 can be attached to the existing sliding window 2 without modifying the existing sliding window 2. Therefore, in this embodiment, even when the window closing device 1 is attached to the existing sliding window 2, the attaching operation can be easily performed.
 特に本形態では、可動ユニット13が、ユニット駆動機構30およびアーム駆動機構33に電力を供給する蓄電池35を備えているため、可動ユニット13に電力供給用の配線を接続しなくても良い。したがって、本形態では、窓閉め装置1の取付作業をより容易に行うことが可能になる。 Particularly in this embodiment, since the movable unit 13 includes the storage battery 35 that supplies power to the unit drive mechanism 30 and the arm drive mechanism 33, it is not necessary to connect power supply wiring to the movable unit 13. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to more easily perform the attaching operation of the window closing device 1.
 また、本形態では、外窓3の開閉状態を検知するための第1センサ38と、可動ユニット13の待機位置、第1検知位置および第2検知位置を検知するための第2センサ39とが非接触式のセンサであるため、可動ユニット13側の第1センサ38と外窓3とを接触させる必要がなく、また、固定側の部材であるレール10や引き違い窓2と可動ユニット13側の第2センサ39とを接触させる必要がない。したがって、本形態では、窓閉め装置1の取付精度がそれほど高くなくても、外窓3の開閉状態を検知すること、および、待機位置と第1検知位置と第2検知位置とを検知することが可能になる。したがって、本形態では、窓閉め装置1の取付作業をより容易に行うことが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the first sensor 38 for detecting the open / closed state of the outer window 3 and the second sensor 39 for detecting the standby position, the first detection position, and the second detection position of the movable unit 13 are provided. Since it is a non-contact type sensor, there is no need to contact the first sensor 38 on the movable unit 13 side and the outer window 3, and the rail 10 or the sliding window 2 which is a fixed side member and the movable unit 13 side. There is no need to contact the second sensor 39. Therefore, in this embodiment, even if the accuracy of attaching the window closing device 1 is not so high, the open / close state of the outer window 3 is detected, and the standby position, the first detection position, and the second detection position are detected. Is possible. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to more easily perform the attaching operation of the window closing device 1.
 本形態では、可動ユニット13は、アーム31を駆動するアーム駆動機構33を備えており、アーム駆動機構33は、退避位置31Aと第1接触位置31Bと第2接触位置31Cとの間でアーム31を回動させている。そのため、本形態では、引き違い窓2に窓閉め装置1が取り付けられている場合であっても、内窓3および外窓4とアーム31とを接触させて内窓3および外窓4を閉めることができるとともに、内窓3および外窓4とアーム31とを接触させる必要がない場合には、可動ユニット13が移動する際のアーム31と内窓3および外窓4との干渉を防止することが可能になる。また、本形態では、アーム駆動機構33が第1接触位置31Bと第2接触位置31Cとにアーム31を回動させることができるため、共通のアーム31を用いて、内窓3および外窓4を閉めることができる。したがって、本形態では、可動ユニット13の部品点数を削減することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the movable unit 13 includes an arm drive mechanism 33 that drives the arm 31, and the arm drive mechanism 33 is located between the retract position 31A, the first contact position 31B, and the second contact position 31C. Is rotating. Therefore, in this embodiment, even when the window closing device 1 is attached to the sliding window 2, the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are closed by bringing the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 into contact with the arm 31. When the movable unit 13 moves, the interference between the arm 31 and the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 can be prevented when the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 do not need to be in contact with the arm 31. It becomes possible. Further, in this embodiment, the arm driving mechanism 33 can rotate the arm 31 to the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, so that the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are used using the common arm 31. Can be closed. Therefore, in this embodiment, the number of parts of the movable unit 13 can be reduced.
 本形態では、可動ユニット13は、錠12を閉めるアーム32を備えており、アーム32は、アーム駆動機構33を構成するモータ56の動力で動作する。そのため、本形態では、アーム32によって錠12を自動で閉めることができる。したがって、本形態では、引き違い窓2が取り付けられる家屋等の防犯効果を高めることが可能になる。また、本形態の可動ユニット13は、内窓3および外窓4を閉めるためのアーム31に加えて、錠12を閉めるアーム32を備えているため、内窓3および外窓4を閉めるために必要とされる形状にアーム31を形成し、錠12を閉めるために必要とされる形状にアーム32を形成すれば良い。したがって、アーム31およびアーム32の形状を簡素化することが可能になる。また、本形態では、アーム31とアーム32とが共通のモータ56に連結されているため、アーム31とアーム32とが別個に設けられていても、可動ユニット13の構成を簡素化することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the movable unit 13 includes an arm 32 that closes the lock 12, and the arm 32 is operated by the power of the motor 56 that constitutes the arm drive mechanism 33. Therefore, in this embodiment, the lock 12 can be automatically closed by the arm 32. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to enhance the crime prevention effect of a house or the like to which the sliding window 2 is attached. In addition to the arm 31 for closing the inner window 3 and the outer window 4, the movable unit 13 of this embodiment includes an arm 32 for closing the lock 12, so that the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are closed. The arm 31 may be formed in a required shape, and the arm 32 may be formed in a shape required for closing the lock 12. Therefore, the shapes of the arms 31 and 32 can be simplified. Further, in this embodiment, since the arm 31 and the arm 32 are connected to the common motor 56, the configuration of the movable unit 13 can be simplified even if the arm 31 and the arm 32 are provided separately. It becomes possible.
 本形態では、モータ56が一方向へ回転すると、アーム31が退避位置31Aから第1接触位置31Bおよび第2接触位置31Cへ向かう方向へアーム31、32が回動し、モータ56が他方向へ回転すると、アーム32が錠12を閉める方向へアーム31、32が回動する。また、本形態では、アーム31が、第1接触位置31Bにあるとき、および、第2接触位置31Cにあるときに、アーム32の施錠部32aがケース体40の中に収容され、かつ、アーム32が錠12を閉める際に、アーム31の接触部31bおよび磁石保持部31cがケース体40の中に収容されている。そのため、本形態では、外窓3および内窓4を閉める際の外窓3および内窓4とアーム32との干渉を防止することが可能になるとともに、錠12を閉める際のアーム31と錠12との干渉を防止することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, when the motor 56 rotates in one direction, the arms 31 and 32 rotate in a direction from the retracted position 31A toward the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, and the motor 56 moves in the other direction. When rotating, the arms 31 and 32 rotate in the direction in which the arm 32 closes the lock 12. Further, in this embodiment, when the arm 31 is at the first contact position 31B and at the second contact position 31C, the locking portion 32a of the arm 32 is accommodated in the case body 40, and the arm When 32 closes the lock 12, the contact portion 31 b and the magnet holding portion 31 c of the arm 31 are accommodated in the case body 40. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to prevent interference between the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and the arm 32 when the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are closed, and the arm 31 and the lock when the lock 12 is closed. Interference with 12 can be prevented.
 本形態では、可動ユニット13は、錠12を閉めるときにレール10に対して可動ユニット13を固定するためのクランプ機構34を備えている。そのため、本形態では、錠12を閉める際の可動ユニット13のがたつきを抑制して、錠12を確実に閉めることが可能になる。また、本形態では、アーム駆動機構33のモータ46を用いてクランプ機構34を動作させているため、アーム駆動機構33のモータ46と別個にクランプ機構34を動作させるためのモータが設けられている場合と比較して、可動ユニット13の構成を簡素化することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the movable unit 13 includes a clamp mechanism 34 for fixing the movable unit 13 to the rail 10 when the lock 12 is closed. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to reliably close the lock 12 by suppressing the rattling of the movable unit 13 when the lock 12 is closed. In this embodiment, since the clamp mechanism 34 is operated using the motor 46 of the arm drive mechanism 33, a motor for operating the clamp mechanism 34 is provided separately from the motor 46 of the arm drive mechanism 33. Compared to the case, the configuration of the movable unit 13 can be simplified.
 本形態では、ユニット駆動機構30は、レール10のガイド壁部10dを前後方向で挟むように配置されるガイドローラ52を備えている。そのため、本形態では、左右方向へ移動する可動ユニット13の移動時のがたつきを抑制することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the unit drive mechanism 30 includes a guide roller 52 that is disposed so as to sandwich the guide wall 10d of the rail 10 in the front-rear direction. For this reason, in this embodiment, it is possible to suppress rattling during the movement of the movable unit 13 that moves in the left-right direction.
 本形態では、蓄電池35は、前後方向から見たときに、駆動ローラ50の下側に配置されている。すなわち、本形態では、比較的重量の重い蓄電池35が従動ローラ51よりも駆動ローラ50に近い位置に配置されている。そのため、本形態では、ローラ接触面10eと駆動ローラ50との間の摩擦力が大きくなる。したがって、本形態では、可動ユニット13が移動する際に、ローラ接触面10eと駆動ローラ50との間に滑りが生じにくくなり、その結果、可動ユニット13を確実に移動させることが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the storage battery 35 is disposed below the driving roller 50 when viewed from the front-rear direction. That is, in this embodiment, the relatively heavy storage battery 35 is disposed at a position closer to the driving roller 50 than the driven roller 51. Therefore, in this embodiment, the frictional force between the roller contact surface 10e and the drive roller 50 is increased. Therefore, in this embodiment, when the movable unit 13 moves, it is difficult for slippage to occur between the roller contact surface 10e and the driving roller 50, and as a result, the movable unit 13 can be reliably moved.
 本形態では、ステーションユニット11の送電コイル22と可動ユニット13の受電コイル36とによって蓄電池35の非接触充電が可能となっている。そのため、本形態では、蓄電池35を接触充電させる場合と比較して、窓閉め装置1の構成を簡素化することが可能になる。すなわち、蓄電池35を接触充電させる場合には、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13とを連結し、かつ、この連結状態を維持する必要があるため、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13とを連結するための構成や連結状態を維持するための構成が必要となるが、本形態では、これらの構成を設ける必要がない。したがって、本形態では、窓閉め装置1の構成を簡素化することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the storage battery 35 can be contactlessly charged by the power transmission coil 22 of the station unit 11 and the power reception coil 36 of the movable unit 13. Therefore, in this embodiment, the configuration of the window closing device 1 can be simplified as compared with the case where the storage battery 35 is contact-charged. That is, when the storage battery 35 is contact-charged, it is necessary to connect the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 and to maintain this connected state, so that the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 are connected. Although the structure and the structure for maintaining a connection state are needed, in this form, it is not necessary to provide these structures. Therefore, in this embodiment, the configuration of the window closing device 1 can be simplified.
 本形態では、待機状態にあるときの可動ユニット13は、その全体が外枠7の左端よりも左側に配置されるように、レール10の左端側で停止している。そのため、本形態では、窓閉め装置1が使用されていないときに、可動ユニット13の影響で引き違い窓2の採光性が低下するのを防止することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the movable unit 13 in the standby state is stopped on the left end side of the rail 10 so that the entire movable unit 13 is arranged on the left side of the left end of the outer frame 7. Therefore, in this embodiment, when the window closing device 1 is not used, it is possible to prevent the lighting performance of the sliding window 2 from being lowered due to the influence of the movable unit 13.
 本形態では、内窓4の開閉状態を検知することなく、ステップS2において、アーム31を第2接触位置31Cへ移動させてから、その状態で、可動ユニット13を第2検知位置まで移動させている。すなわち、本形態では、内窓4を閉めることが可能でありながら、内窓4の開閉状態は検知されていない。そのため、本形態では、内窓4の開閉状態を検知する場合と比較して、窓閉め装置1の制御を簡素化しつつ、内窓4を確実に閉めることが可能になる。また、本形態では、内窓4の開閉状態を検知する場合と比較して、外窓3および内窓4の窓閉め動作と錠12の施錠動作とを短時間で行うことが可能になる。 In this embodiment, without detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4, the arm 31 is moved to the second contact position 31C in step S2, and then the movable unit 13 is moved to the second detection position in that state. Yes. That is, in this embodiment, the inner window 4 can be closed, but the open / closed state of the inner window 4 is not detected. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to reliably close the inner window 4 while simplifying the control of the window closing device 1 as compared with the case of detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4. Further, in this embodiment, it is possible to perform the window closing operation of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and the locking operation of the lock 12 in a short time compared to the case of detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4.
 本形態では、携帯端末機器17からの遠隔操作によって、外窓3および内窓4を閉めることができるとともに、錠12を閉めることができる。そのため、本形態では、窓閉め装置1が設置される家屋等の防犯性を高めることが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 can be closed and the lock 12 can be closed by remote control from the mobile terminal device 17. Therefore, with this form, it becomes possible to improve crime prevention properties, such as a house where the window closing apparatus 1 is installed.
 本形態では、2個の磁石55は、図10(A)に示すように、一方の磁石55の左面の磁極と他方の磁石55の左面の磁極とが異なる磁極となるように着磁されている。すなわち、本形態では、2個の磁石55は、一方の磁石55の右面の磁極と他方の磁石55の右面の磁極とが異なる磁極となるように着磁されている。そのため、本形態では、上述のように、退避位置31Aを検知する磁気センサが2個の磁石55の磁極の切り替わりを検知することで、退避位置31Aを検知することが可能になる。また、本形態では、モータ56が一方向へ回転すると、アーム31が退避位置31Aから第1接触位置31Bおよび第2接触位置31Cへ向かう方向へアーム31、32が回動し、モータ56が他方向へ回転すると、アーム32が錠12を閉める方向へアーム31、32が回動するため、退避位置31Aを検知する磁気センサがN極を検知しているのかS極を検知しているのかによって、アーム31、32のどちらがケース体40から突出しているのかを把握することが可能になる。また、窓閉め装置1の電源が切れ、その後、電源が復帰した場合においても、退避位置31Aを検知する磁気センサがN極を検知しているのかS極を検知しているのかによって、アーム31、32のどちらがケース体40から突出しているのかを把握することが可能になり、その結果、電源復帰後にアーム31、32を確実にケース体40の中へ収容することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10A, the two magnets 55 are magnetized so that the left magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the left magnetic pole of the other magnet 55 are different from each other. Yes. That is, in this embodiment, the two magnets 55 are magnetized so that the right magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the right magnetic pole of the other magnet 55 are different from each other. Therefore, in this embodiment, as described above, the magnetic sensor that detects the retracted position 31A detects the switching of the magnetic poles of the two magnets 55, so that the retracted position 31A can be detected. In this embodiment, when the motor 56 rotates in one direction, the arms 31 and 32 rotate in a direction from the retracted position 31A toward the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, and the motor 56 When rotating in the direction, the arms 31 and 32 are rotated in the direction in which the arm 32 closes the lock 12, so depending on whether the magnetic sensor that detects the retreat position 31 </ b> A detects the N pole or the S pole. It becomes possible to grasp which of the arms 31 and 32 protrudes from the case body 40. Further, even when the power of the window closing device 1 is turned off and then the power is restored, the arm 31 depends on whether the magnetic sensor that detects the retreat position 31A detects the N pole or the S pole. , 32 can be grasped from the case body 40, and as a result, the arms 31, 32 can be reliably accommodated in the case body 40 after the power is restored.
 以上説明したように、本形態の窓閉め装置1は、窓枠5に沿って配置されるレール10と、レール10に固定されるステーションユニット11と、レール10に係合するとともにレール10に沿って移動する可動ユニット13とを備えている。また、本形態では、可動ユニット13は、可動ユニット13をレール10に沿って移動させるユニット駆動機構30と、外窓3および内窓4に接触して外窓3および内窓4を閉めるアーム31とを備えている。そのため、本形態では、窓枠5に沿ってレール10を設置し、ステーションユニット11をレール10に固定するとともに、可動ユニット13をレール10に係合させれば、既存の引き違い窓2に窓閉め装置1を取り付けることができる。すなわち、本形態では、既存の引き違い窓2を改造しなくても、既存の引き違い窓2に窓閉め装置1を取り付けることができる。したがって、本形態では、既存の引き違い窓2に窓閉め装置1を取り付ける場合であっても、その取付作業を容易に行うことが可能になる。 As described above, the window closing device 1 according to this embodiment includes the rail 10 arranged along the window frame 5, the station unit 11 fixed to the rail 10, the rail 10, and the rail 10. And a movable unit 13 that moves. In this embodiment, the movable unit 13 includes a unit driving mechanism 30 that moves the movable unit 13 along the rail 10, and an arm 31 that contacts the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 to close the outer window 3 and the inner window 4. And. Therefore, in this embodiment, the rail 10 is installed along the window frame 5, the station unit 11 is fixed to the rail 10, and the movable unit 13 is engaged with the rail 10. The closing device 1 can be attached. That is, in this embodiment, the window closing device 1 can be attached to the existing sliding window 2 without modifying the existing sliding window 2. Therefore, in this embodiment, even when the window closing device 1 is attached to the existing sliding window 2, the attaching operation can be easily performed.
 特に本形態では、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13との間で光無線通信を行うことが可能になっているため、ステーションユニット11からの信号で可動ユニット13が動作するようになっていても、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13とを通信用の配線で接続する必要がない。また、本形態では、可動ユニット13が、ユニット駆動機構30およびアーム駆動機構33に電力を供給する蓄電池35を備えているため、可動ユニット13に電力供給用の配線を接続しなくても良い。したがって、本形態では、窓閉め装置1の取付作業をより容易に行うことが可能になる。また、本形態では、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13とを通信用の配線で接続する必要がないため、通信用の配線が断線して可動ユニット13が動作しなくなるといった問題も生じない。 In particular, in this embodiment, since optical wireless communication can be performed between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13, even if the movable unit 13 is operated by a signal from the station unit 11, There is no need to connect the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 with wiring for communication. In this embodiment, since the movable unit 13 includes the storage battery 35 that supplies power to the unit drive mechanism 30 and the arm drive mechanism 33, it is not necessary to connect power supply wiring to the movable unit 13. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to more easily perform the attaching operation of the window closing device 1. Further, in this embodiment, since there is no need to connect the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 with communication wiring, there is no problem that the communication unit is disconnected and the movable unit 13 does not operate.
 また、本形態では、外窓3の開閉状態を検知するための第1センサ38と、可動ユニット13の待機位置、第1検知位置および第2検知位置を検知するための第2センサ39とが非接触式のセンサであるため、可動ユニット13側の第1センサ38と外窓3とを接触させる必要がなく、また、固定側の部材であるレール10や引き違い窓2と可動ユニット13側の第2センサ39とを接触させる必要がない。したがって、本形態では、窓閉め装置1の取付精度がそれほど高くなくても、外窓3の開閉状態を検知すること、および、待機位置と第1検知位置と第2検知位置とを検知することが可能になる。したがって、本形態では、窓閉め装置1の取付作業をより容易に行うことが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the first sensor 38 for detecting the open / closed state of the outer window 3 and the second sensor 39 for detecting the standby position, the first detection position, and the second detection position of the movable unit 13 are provided. Since it is a non-contact type sensor, there is no need to contact the first sensor 38 on the movable unit 13 side and the outer window 3, and the rail 10 or the sliding window 2 which is a fixed side member and the movable unit 13 side. There is no need to contact the second sensor 39. Therefore, in this embodiment, even if the accuracy of attaching the window closing device 1 is not so high, the open / close state of the outer window 3 is detected, and the standby position, the first detection position, and the second detection position are detected. Is possible. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to more easily perform the attaching operation of the window closing device 1.
 本形態では、上壁部10aと2個の側壁部10bとを有する略角溝状のレール10の内側で、ステーションユニット11の赤外線通信モジュール20と可動ユニット13の赤外線通信モジュール37との間の光無線通信が行われている。そのため、本形態では、略角溝状に形成されるレール10によって、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13との間の光無線通信が行われる箇所へ外乱光が入り込むのを抑制することが可能になる。したがって、本形態では、外乱光に起因する可動ユニット13の誤動作を防止することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, between the infrared communication module 20 of the station unit 11 and the infrared communication module 37 of the movable unit 13 inside the substantially square groove-shaped rail 10 having the upper wall portion 10a and the two side wall portions 10b. Optical wireless communication is performed. Therefore, in this embodiment, the rail 10 formed in a substantially square groove shape can suppress disturbance light from entering the portion where the optical wireless communication between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 is performed. . Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to prevent malfunction of the movable unit 13 due to disturbance light.
 本形態では、可動ユニット13は、アーム31を駆動するアーム駆動機構33を備えており、アーム駆動機構33は、退避位置31Aと第1接触位置31Bと第2接触位置31Cとの間でアーム31を回動させている。そのため、本形態では、引き違い窓2に窓閉め装置1が取り付けられている場合であっても、内窓3および外窓4とアーム31とを接触させて内窓3および外窓4を閉めることができるとともに、内窓3および外窓4とアーム31とを接触させる必要がない場合には、可動ユニット13が移動する際のアーム31と内窓3および外窓4との干渉を防止することが可能になる。また、本形態では、アーム駆動機構33が第1接触位置31Bと第2接触位置31Cとにアーム31を回動させることができるため、共通のアーム31を用いて、内窓3および外窓4を閉めることができる。したがって、本形態では、可動ユニット13の部品点数を削減することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the movable unit 13 includes an arm drive mechanism 33 that drives the arm 31, and the arm drive mechanism 33 is located between the retract position 31A, the first contact position 31B, and the second contact position 31C. Is rotating. Therefore, in this embodiment, even when the window closing device 1 is attached to the sliding window 2, the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are closed by bringing the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 into contact with the arm 31. When the movable unit 13 moves, the interference between the arm 31 and the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 can be prevented when the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 do not need to be in contact with the arm 31. It becomes possible. Further, in this embodiment, the arm driving mechanism 33 can rotate the arm 31 to the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, so that the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are used using the common arm 31. Can be closed. Therefore, in this embodiment, the number of parts of the movable unit 13 can be reduced.
 本形態では、可動ユニット13は、錠12を閉めるアーム32を備えており、アーム32は、アーム駆動機構33を構成するモータ56の動力で動作する。そのため、本形態では、アーム32によって錠12を自動で閉めることができる。したがって、本形態では、引き違い窓2が取り付けられる家屋等の防犯効果を高めることが可能になる。また、本形態の可動ユニット13は、内窓3および外窓4を閉めるためのアーム31に加えて、錠12を閉めるアーム32を備えているため、内窓3および外窓4を閉めるために必要とされる形状にアーム31を形成し、錠12を閉めるために必要とされる形状にアーム32を形成すれば良い。したがって、アーム31およびアーム32の形状を簡素化することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the movable unit 13 includes an arm 32 that closes the lock 12, and the arm 32 is operated by the power of the motor 56 that constitutes the arm drive mechanism 33. Therefore, in this embodiment, the lock 12 can be automatically closed by the arm 32. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to enhance the crime prevention effect of a house or the like to which the sliding window 2 is attached. In addition to the arm 31 for closing the inner window 3 and the outer window 4, the movable unit 13 of this embodiment includes an arm 32 for closing the lock 12, so that the inner window 3 and the outer window 4 are closed. The arm 31 may be formed in a required shape, and the arm 32 may be formed in a shape required for closing the lock 12. Therefore, the shapes of the arms 31 and 32 can be simplified.
 本形態では、ステーションユニット11の送電コイル22と可動ユニット13の受電コイル36とによって蓄電池35の非接触充電が可能となっている。そのため、本形態では、蓄電池35を接触充電させる場合と比較して、窓閉め装置1の構成を簡素化することが可能になる。すなわち、蓄電池35を接触充電させる場合には、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13とを連結し、かつ、この連結状態を維持する必要があるため、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13とを連結するための構成や連結状態を維持するための構成が必要となるが、本形態では、これらの構成を設ける必要がない。したがって、本形態では、窓閉め装置1の構成を簡素化することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the storage battery 35 can be contactlessly charged by the power transmission coil 22 of the station unit 11 and the power reception coil 36 of the movable unit 13. Therefore, in this embodiment, the configuration of the window closing device 1 can be simplified as compared with the case where the storage battery 35 is contact-charged. That is, when the storage battery 35 is contact-charged, it is necessary to connect the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 and to maintain this connected state, so that the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13 are connected. Although the structure and the structure for maintaining a connection state are needed, in this form, it is not necessary to provide these structures. Therefore, in this embodiment, the configuration of the window closing device 1 can be simplified.
 本形態では、待機状態にあるときの可動ユニット13は、その全体が外枠7の左端よりも左側に配置されるように、レール10の左端側で停止している。そのため、本形態では、窓閉め装置1が使用されていないときに、可動ユニット13の影響で引き違い窓2の採光性が低下するのを防止することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the movable unit 13 in the standby state is stopped on the left end side of the rail 10 so that the entire movable unit 13 is arranged on the left side of the left end of the outer frame 7. Therefore, in this embodiment, when the window closing device 1 is not used, it is possible to prevent the lighting performance of the sliding window 2 from being lowered due to the influence of the movable unit 13.
 本形態では、内窓4の開閉状態を検知することなく、ステップS2において、アーム31を第2接触位置31Cへ移動させてから、その状態で、可動ユニット13を第2検知位置まで移動させている。すなわち、本形態では、内窓4を閉めることが可能でありながら、内窓4の開閉状態は検知されていない。そのため、本形態では、内窓4の開閉状態を検知する場合と比較して、窓閉め装置1の制御を簡素化しつつ、内窓4を確実に閉めることが可能になる。また、本形態では、内窓4の開閉状態を検知する場合と比較して、外窓3および内窓4の窓閉め動作と錠12の施錠動作とを短時間で行うことが可能になる。 In this embodiment, without detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4, the arm 31 is moved to the second contact position 31C in step S2, and then the movable unit 13 is moved to the second detection position in that state. Yes. That is, in this embodiment, the inner window 4 can be closed, but the open / closed state of the inner window 4 is not detected. Therefore, in this embodiment, it is possible to reliably close the inner window 4 while simplifying the control of the window closing device 1 as compared with the case of detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4. Further, in this embodiment, it is possible to perform the window closing operation of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 and the locking operation of the lock 12 in a short time compared to the case of detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4.
 本形態では、携帯端末機器17からの遠隔操作によって、外窓3および内窓4を閉めることができるとともに、錠12を閉めることができる。たとえば、外出先からの携帯端末機器17を用いた遠隔操作によって可動ユニット13を動作させて、留守中の家屋の外窓3および内窓4を閉め、かつ、錠12を閉めることができる。そのため、本形態では、窓閉め装置1が設置される家屋等の防犯性を高めることが可能になる。また、本形態では、可動ユニット13からステーションユニット11へ錠12の施錠の成否を知らせる信号が送信されるとともに、ステーションユニット11から携帯端末機器17へ錠12の施錠の成否を知らせる信号が送信されるため、たとえば、外出先でも、錠12が施錠されたか否かを確認することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 can be closed and the lock 12 can be closed by remote control from the mobile terminal device 17. For example, the movable unit 13 can be operated by remote control using the portable terminal device 17 from outside, the outside window 3 and the inside window 4 of the house being absent can be closed, and the lock 12 can be closed. Therefore, with this form, it becomes possible to improve crime prevention properties, such as a house where the window closing apparatus 1 is installed. In this embodiment, a signal notifying whether the lock 12 is locked is transmitted from the movable unit 13 to the station unit 11, and a signal notifying whether the lock 12 is locked is transmitted from the station unit 11 to the mobile terminal device 17. Therefore, for example, it is possible to confirm whether or not the lock 12 is locked even when the user is away from home.
 本形態では、2個の磁石55は、図10(A)に示すように、一方の磁石55の左面の磁極と他方の磁石55の左面の磁極とが異なる磁極となるように着磁されている。すなわち、本形態では、2個の磁石55は、一方の磁石55の右面の磁極と他方の磁石55の右面の磁極とが異なる磁極となるように着磁されている。そのため、本形態では、上述のように、退避位置31Aを検知する磁気センサが2個の磁石55の磁極の切り替わりを検知することで、退避位置31Aを検知することが可能になる。また、本形態では、モータ56が一方向へ回転すると、アーム31が退避位置31Aから第1接触位置31Bおよび第2接触位置31Cへ向かう方向へアーム31、32が回動し、モータ56が他方向へ回転すると、アーム32が錠12を閉める方向へアーム31、32が回動するため、退避位置31Aを検知する磁気センサがN極を検知しているのかS極を検知しているのかによって、アーム31、32のどちらがケース体40から突出しているのかを把握することが可能になる。また、窓閉め装置1の電源が切れ、その後、電源が復帰した場合においても、退避位置31Aを検知する磁気センサがN極を検知しているのかS極を検知しているのかによって、アーム31、32のどちらがケース体40から突出しているのかを把握することが可能になり、その結果、電源復帰後にアーム31、32を確実にケース体40の中へ収容することが可能になる。 In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 10A, the two magnets 55 are magnetized so that the left magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the left magnetic pole of the other magnet 55 are different from each other. Yes. That is, in this embodiment, the two magnets 55 are magnetized so that the right magnetic pole of one magnet 55 and the right magnetic pole of the other magnet 55 are different from each other. Therefore, in this embodiment, as described above, the magnetic sensor that detects the retracted position 31A detects the switching of the magnetic poles of the two magnets 55, so that the retracted position 31A can be detected. In this embodiment, when the motor 56 rotates in one direction, the arms 31 and 32 rotate in a direction from the retracted position 31A toward the first contact position 31B and the second contact position 31C, and the motor 56 When rotating in the direction, the arms 31 and 32 are rotated in the direction in which the arm 32 closes the lock 12, so depending on whether the magnetic sensor that detects the retreat position 31 </ b> A detects the N pole or the S pole. It becomes possible to grasp which of the arms 31 and 32 protrudes from the case body 40. Further, even when the power of the window closing device 1 is turned off and then the power is restored, the arm 31 depends on whether the magnetic sensor that detects the retreat position 31A detects the N pole or the S pole. , 32 can be grasped from the case body 40, and as a result, the arms 31, 32 can be reliably accommodated in the case body 40 after the power is restored.
 (他の実施の形態)
 上述した形態は、本発明の好適な形態の一例ではあるが、これに限定されるものではなく本発明の要旨を変更しない範囲において種々変形実施が可能である。
(Other embodiments)
The above-described embodiment is an example of a preferred embodiment of the present invention, but is not limited to this, and various modifications can be made without departing from the scope of the present invention.
 上述した形態では、可動ユニット13は、錠12を閉めるアーム32を備えている。この他にもたとえば、外窓3および内窓4を閉めることができるように、かつ、錠12を閉めることができるようにアーム31およびアーム駆動機構33を構成するとともに、アーム31によって錠12を閉めても良い。この場合には、アーム32が不要となるため、可動ユニット13の部品点数を削減することが可能になる。ただし、この場合には、アーム31の形状等が複雑になる。また、上述した形態では、可動ユニット13は、外窓3および内窓4を閉めるためのアーム31を備えているが、可動ユニット13は、外窓3を閉めるためのアームと内窓4を閉めるためのアームとを個別に備えていても良い。 In the above-described form, the movable unit 13 includes the arm 32 that closes the lock 12. In addition, for example, the arm 31 and the arm drive mechanism 33 are configured so that the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 can be closed and the lock 12 can be closed. You can close it. In this case, since the arm 32 is not necessary, the number of parts of the movable unit 13 can be reduced. However, in this case, the shape of the arm 31 is complicated. In the above-described embodiment, the movable unit 13 includes the arm 31 for closing the outer window 3 and the inner window 4. However, the movable unit 13 closes the arm for closing the outer window 3 and the inner window 4. The arm may be provided separately.
 上述した形態では、アーム駆動機構33によってアーム31とアーム32とが回動するが、アーム31を回動させるためのアーム駆動機構と、アーム32を回動させるためのアーム駆動機構とが個別に設けられても良い。また、上述した形態では、アーム駆動機構33のモータ56を用いてクランプ機構34を動作させているが、クランプ機構34を動作させるためのモータが別途設けられても良い。 In the embodiment described above, the arm 31 and the arm 32 are rotated by the arm driving mechanism 33. However, the arm driving mechanism for rotating the arm 31 and the arm driving mechanism for rotating the arm 32 are separately provided. It may be provided. In the above-described embodiment, the clamp mechanism 34 is operated using the motor 56 of the arm drive mechanism 33. However, a motor for operating the clamp mechanism 34 may be separately provided.
 上述した形態では、蓄電池35は、ステーションユニット11の送電コイル22と可動ユニット13の受電コイル36とによる非接触充電によって充電される。この他にもたとえば、ステーションユニット11側の充電用端子と可動ユニット13側の充電用端子とを接触させて蓄電池35を充電する接触充電によって、蓄電池35が充電されても良い。また、上述した形態では、第1センサ38および第2センサ39は、非接触式のセンサであるが、第1センサ38や第2センサ39は、接触式のセンサであっても良い。 In the above-described form, the storage battery 35 is charged by non-contact charging by the power transmission coil 22 of the station unit 11 and the power reception coil 36 of the movable unit 13. In addition, for example, the storage battery 35 may be charged by contact charging in which the charging terminal on the station unit 11 side and the charging terminal on the movable unit 13 side are brought into contact to charge the storage battery 35. In the embodiment described above, the first sensor 38 and the second sensor 39 are non-contact type sensors, but the first sensor 38 and the second sensor 39 may be contact type sensors.
 上述した形態では、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13との間で光を用いた光無線通信を行うことが可能となっている。この他にもたとえば、ステーションユニット11と可動ユニット13との間で電波を用いた無線通信を行うことが可能となっていても良い。また、上述した形態では、窓閉めシステム15は、無線LANルータ16を備えているが、無線LANルータ16に代えて、有線LANルータが設けられるとともに、この有線LANルータとステーションユニット11とがLANケーブルによって接続されても良い。また、上述した形態では、無線LANルータ16を介して、ステーションユニット11と携帯端末機器17との間で、情報の通信を行うことが可能となっているが、ステーションユニット11と携帯端末機器17との間で、直接、情報の通信を行うことが可能になっていても良い。 In the above-described form, it is possible to perform optical wireless communication using light between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13. In addition, for example, it may be possible to perform radio communication using radio waves between the station unit 11 and the movable unit 13. Further, in the above-described form, the window closing system 15 includes the wireless LAN router 16, but instead of the wireless LAN router 16, a wired LAN router is provided, and the wired LAN router and the station unit 11 are connected to the LAN. It may be connected by a cable. In the above-described embodiment, information can be communicated between the station unit 11 and the mobile terminal device 17 via the wireless LAN router 16. However, the station unit 11 and the mobile terminal device 17 can communicate with each other. It may be possible to communicate information directly with each other.
 上述した形態では、内窓4の開閉状態を検知することなく、アーム31を第2接触位置31Cへ移動させた状態で、可動ユニット13を第2検知位置まで移動させている。この他にもたとえば、内窓4の開閉状態を検知するとともに、内窓4が開いている場合には、第2接触位置31Cにアーム31が配置されている状態の可動ユニット13を右方向に向かって第2検知位置まで移動させ、内窓4が閉まっている場合には、退避位置31Aにアーム31が配置されている状態の可動ユニット13を右方向に向かって第2検知位置まで移動させても良い。また、上述した形態では、外窓3および内窓4が開いている場合に、内窓4が先に閉められてから、外窓3が閉められているが、外窓3および内窓4が開いている場合に、まず、外窓3が閉められ、その後、内窓4が閉められても良い。 In the above-described form, the movable unit 13 is moved to the second detection position while the arm 31 is moved to the second contact position 31C without detecting the open / closed state of the inner window 4. In addition to this, for example, when the open / closed state of the inner window 4 is detected and the inner window 4 is open, the movable unit 13 with the arm 31 disposed at the second contact position 31C is moved to the right. When the inner window 4 is closed, the movable unit 13 with the arm 31 disposed at the retracted position 31A is moved rightward to the second detection position. May be. Moreover, in the form mentioned above, when the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are open, the outer window 3 is closed after the inner window 4 is closed first, but the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 are closed. When open, the outer window 3 may be closed first, and then the inner window 4 may be closed.
 上述した形態において、アーム31は、外窓3および/または内窓4を開いても良い。すなわち、窓閉め装置1は、外窓3や内窓4を開いても良い。また、上述した形態では、アーム32は、錠12を閉めているが、施錠および開錠が可能となるように形成されたアーム32が錠12を開けても良い。この場合には、温度を検知するセンサ(温度センサ)、湿度を検知するセンサ(湿度センサ)および/または明るさを検知するセンサ(明度センサ)等を窓閉め装置1に設けて、あるいは、室内等に配置される温度センサ、湿度センサおよび/または明度センサ等を窓閉め装置1に接続して、これらのセンサの検知結果に基づいて、可動ユニット13を動作させ、外窓3および/または内窓4の開閉や錠12の開閉を自動で行っても良い。また、上述した形態において、アーム31の接触部31bがケース体40の前側へ突出するようにして、窓枠5等に取り付けられるカーテンをアーム31で開閉しても良い。 In the above-described form, the arm 31 may open the outer window 3 and / or the inner window 4. That is, the window closing device 1 may open the outer window 3 and the inner window 4. Moreover, in the form mentioned above, although the arm 32 has closed the lock | rock 12, the arm 32 formed so that locking and unlocking could be opened may open the lock | rock 12. FIG. In this case, a sensor for detecting temperature (temperature sensor), a sensor for detecting humidity (humidity sensor) and / or a sensor for detecting brightness (brightness sensor), etc. are provided in the window closing device 1, or indoors The temperature sensor, humidity sensor, and / or lightness sensor, etc., which are arranged in the same manner, are connected to the window closing device 1 and the movable unit 13 is operated based on the detection results of these sensors, and the outer window 3 and / or the inner sensor The opening and closing of the window 4 and the opening and closing of the lock 12 may be performed automatically. In the embodiment described above, the curtain attached to the window frame 5 or the like may be opened and closed by the arm 31 so that the contact portion 31 b of the arm 31 protrudes to the front side of the case body 40.
 上述した形態では、窓閉め装置1は、1本のレール10を備えているが、窓閉め装置1は、互いに接触するように隣り合う、あるいは、わずかな隙間を介して隣り合う複数のレール10を備えていても良い。この場合には、複数のレール10のそれぞれが複数の引き違い窓2のそれぞれを構成する外枠7に取り付けられる。そのため、この場合には、1台の可動ユニット13を用いて、複数の引き違い窓2の外窓3および内窓4を閉めることが可能になるとともに、複数の引き違い窓2の錠12を閉めることが可能になる。また、複数の引き違い窓2に跨るように1本のレール10が取り付けられても良い。この場合であっても、1台の可動ユニット13を用いて、複数の引き違い窓2の外窓3および内窓4を閉めることが可能になるとともに、複数の引き違い窓2の錠12を閉めることが可能になる。 In the embodiment described above, the window closing device 1 includes the single rail 10, but the window closing device 1 is adjacent to each other so as to contact each other or adjacent to each other with a slight gap. May be provided. In this case, each of the plurality of rails 10 is attached to the outer frame 7 constituting each of the plurality of sliding windows 2. Therefore, in this case, it is possible to close the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 of the plurality of sliding windows 2 by using a single movable unit 13 and to lock the locks 12 of the plurality of sliding windows 2. It becomes possible to close. Further, one rail 10 may be attached so as to straddle a plurality of sliding windows 2. Even in this case, it is possible to close the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 of the plurality of sliding windows 2 by using one movable unit 13 and to lock the locks 12 of the plurality of sliding windows 2. It becomes possible to close.
 上述した形態では、外窓3および内窓4の両方が開閉可能な引き違い窓2に窓閉め装置1が取り付けられている。この他にもたとえば、外窓3または内窓4の一方のみが開閉可能な引き違い窓に窓閉め装置1が取り付けられても良い。この場合には、アーム31は固定されていても良い。また、上述した形態では、水平方向に開閉する引き違い窓2に窓閉め装置1が取り付けられているが、上下方向に開閉する上げ下げ窓に窓閉め装置1が取り付けられても良い。この場合には、レール10は、複数のブラケットを介して上げ下げ窓の外枠の右端部または左端部に固定される。 In the embodiment described above, the window closing device 1 is attached to the sliding window 2 in which both the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 can be opened and closed. In addition to this, for example, the window closing device 1 may be attached to a sliding window in which only one of the outer window 3 and the inner window 4 can be opened and closed. In this case, the arm 31 may be fixed. Moreover, in the form mentioned above, although the window closing apparatus 1 is attached to the sliding window 2 opened and closed in a horizontal direction, the window closing apparatus 1 may be attached to the raising / lowering window opened and closed in an up-down direction. In this case, the rail 10 is fixed to the right end portion or the left end portion of the outer frame of the raising / lowering window via a plurality of brackets.
 上述した形態では、引き違い窓2に取り付けられる窓閉め装置1を例に本発明にかかる窓閉め装置の実施例を説明しているが、本発明が適用される窓閉め装置は、縦滑り窓や横滑り窓に取り付けられても良い。また、本発明が適用される窓閉め装置は、外倒し窓や内倒し窓に取り付けられても良い。この場合には、アームの形状を所定の形状とすることで、および/または、レール10の形状を所定の形状とすることで、縦滑り窓、横滑り窓、外倒し窓あるいは内倒し窓を閉めることが可能になる。また、この場合には、アームの形状を所定の形状とすることで、および/または、レール10の形状を所定の形状とすることで、縦滑り窓、横滑り窓、外倒し窓あるいは内倒し窓を開くことも可能になる。 In the embodiment described above, an example of the window closing device according to the present invention has been described by taking the window closing device 1 attached to the sliding window 2 as an example. However, the window closing device to which the present invention is applied is a vertical sliding window. Or it may be attached to a side sliding window. Moreover, the window closing device to which the present invention is applied may be attached to an outside fall window or an inside fall window. In this case, by setting the shape of the arm to a predetermined shape and / or by setting the shape of the rail 10 to a predetermined shape, the vertical sliding window, the side sliding window, the outside falling window, or the inside falling window is closed. It becomes possible. Further, in this case, by setting the shape of the arm to a predetermined shape and / or by setting the shape of the rail 10 to a predetermined shape, the vertical sliding window, the side sliding window, the outside falling window, or the inside falling window Can also be opened.
 また、上述した形態では、窓閉め装置1を例に、本発明にかかる建具閉め装置の実施例を説明しているが、本発明が適用される建具閉め装置は、扉、網戸あるいは雨戸等の窓以外の建具を閉めるものであっても良い。また、上述した形態において、ステーションユニット11および/または可動ユニット13にカメラを搭載しても良い。この場合には、たとえば、このカメラで取得された画像が無線LANルータ16を介して携帯端末機器17に送信される。また、上述した形態において、引き違い窓2が取り付けられる家屋等へ侵入する外部侵入者を検知する検知手段と、検知手段の検知結果に基づいて警報を発する警報手段とが、ステーションユニット11および/または可動ユニット13に取り付けられても良い。 Moreover, although the embodiment mentioned above demonstrates the Example of the fitting closing device concerning this invention taking the window closing device 1 as an example, the fitting closing device to which this invention is applied is a door, a screen door, a shutter, etc. It may be one that closes fittings other than windows. In the above-described embodiment, a camera may be mounted on the station unit 11 and / or the movable unit 13. In this case, for example, an image acquired by this camera is transmitted to the mobile terminal device 17 via the wireless LAN router 16. In the embodiment described above, the station unit 11 and / or the detection unit that detects an external intruder entering the house or the like to which the sliding window 2 is attached and the alarm unit that issues an alarm based on the detection result of the detection unit. Alternatively, it may be attached to the movable unit 13.
 上述した形態では、磁気センサを用いて、退避位置31A、第1接触位置31Bおよび第2接触位置31Cのそれぞれを検知するとともに、図18に示す位置までアーム32が回動したことを検知している。この他にもたとえば、モータ56の回転量等を検知するエンコーダを用いて、退避位置31A、第1接触位置31Bおよび第2接触位置31Cのそれぞれを検知するとともに、図18に示す位置までアーム32が回動したことを検知しても良い。この場合には、アーム31、32の停止位置を任意の位置に設定することが可能になる。したがって、様々な窓等を閉めたり、様々な錠を閉めたりすることが可能になる。 In the embodiment described above, the magnetic sensor is used to detect each of the retracted position 31A, the first contact position 31B, and the second contact position 31C, and to detect that the arm 32 has rotated to the position shown in FIG. Yes. In addition to this, for example, each of the retracted position 31A, the first contact position 31B, and the second contact position 31C is detected using an encoder that detects the amount of rotation of the motor 56, and the arm 32 is moved to the position shown in FIG. It may be detected that is rotated. In this case, the stop positions of the arms 31 and 32 can be set to arbitrary positions. Accordingly, various windows and the like can be closed and various locks can be closed.
 1 窓閉め装置(建具閉め装置)
 2 引き違い窓
 3 外窓(建具、第1窓)
 4 内窓(建具、第2窓)
 5 窓枠(建具枠)
 10 レール
 10a 上壁部
 10b 側壁部
 10d ガイド壁部
 10e ローラ接触面
 11 ステーションユニット
 12 錠
 13 可動ユニット
 17 携帯端末機器
 22 送電コイル
 30 ユニット駆動機構
 31 アーム
 31A 退避位置
 31B 第1接触位置(接触位置)
 31C 第2接触位置(接触位置)
 32 アーム(錠用アーム)
 33 アーム駆動機構
 34 クランプ機構
 35 蓄電池
 36 受電コイル
 38 第1センサ
 39 第2センサ
 48 モータ(駆動用モータ)
 50 駆動ローラ
 51 従動ローラ
 52 ガイドローラ
 56 モータ(駆動源)
 S1 開閉状態検知ステップ
 S2 第1可動ユニット移動ステップ
 S4 第2施錠ステップ
 S8 第2可動ユニット移動ステップ
 S9 第3可動ユニット移動ステップ
 S10 第1施錠ステップ
 X 可動ユニットの移動方向、第1窓および第2窓の開閉方向
 X1 第2窓の閉方向
 X2 第1窓の閉方向
1 Window closing device (Fitting closing device)
2 Sliding window 3 Outside window (joint, first window)
4 interior windows (joint and second window)
5 Window frame (joint frame)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 Rail 10a Upper wall part 10b Side wall part 10d Guide wall part 10e Roller contact surface 11 Station unit 12 Lock 13 Movable unit 17 Portable terminal device 22 Power transmission coil 30 Unit drive mechanism 31 Arm 31A Retraction position 31B 1st contact position (contact position)
31C Second contact position (contact position)
32 arm (locking arm)
33 Arm drive mechanism 34 Clamp mechanism 35 Storage battery 36 Power receiving coil 38 First sensor 39 Second sensor 48 Motor (drive motor)
50 driving roller 51 driven roller 52 guide roller 56 motor (drive source)
S1 Opening / closing state detection step S2 First movable unit moving step S4 Second locking step S8 Second movable unit moving step S9 Third movable unit moving step S10 First locking step X Moving direction of the movable unit, first window and second window Opening and closing direction X1 Closing direction of the second window X2 Closing direction of the first window

Claims (29)

  1.  開閉可能な建具が内側に配置される建具枠に沿って配置されるレールと、前記レールに係合するとともに前記レールに沿って移動する可動ユニットとを備え、
     前記可動ユニットは、前記可動ユニットを前記レールに沿って移動させるユニット駆動機構と、前記建具に接触して前記建具を閉めるアームとを備えることを特徴とする建具閉め装置。
    A rail that is arranged along a fitting frame in which an openable and closable fitting is arranged; and a movable unit that engages with the rail and moves along the rail;
    The said movable unit is provided with the unit drive mechanism which moves the said movable unit along the said rail, and the arm which contacts the said fitting and closes the said fitting, The fitting closing device characterized by the above-mentioned.
  2.  前記可動ユニットは、前記アームを駆動するアーム駆動機構を備え、
     前記アーム駆動機構は、前記建具に前記アームが接触可能な接触位置と、前記可動ユニットの移動時に前記建具に接触しないように前記アームが退避する退避位置とに前記アームを移動させることを特徴とする請求項1記載の建具閉め装置。
    The movable unit includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm,
    The arm drive mechanism moves the arm to a contact position where the arm can contact the joinery and a retreat position where the arm retracts so as not to contact the joinery when the movable unit moves. The joinery closing device according to claim 1.
  3.  前記建具が開かないように前記建具を固定する錠を備え、
     前記可動ユニットは、前記錠を閉める錠用アームを備えることを特徴とする請求項2記載の建具閉め装置。
    A lock for fixing the joinery so that the joinery does not open;
    The fitting closing device according to claim 2, wherein the movable unit includes a locking arm for closing the lock.
  4.  前記アームと前記錠用アームとは、共通のモータに連結され、
     前記モータが一方向へ回転すると、前記アームが前記退避位置から前記接触位置へ向かう方向へ前記アームおよび前記錠用アームが回動し、
     前記モータが他方向へ回転すると、前記錠用アームが前記錠を閉める方向へ前記アームおよび前記錠用アームが回動することを特徴とする請求項3記載の建具閉め装置。
    The arm and the locking arm are connected to a common motor,
    When the motor rotates in one direction, the arm and the locking arm rotate in a direction from the retracted position to the contact position.
    The fitting closing device according to claim 3, wherein when the motor rotates in the other direction, the arm and the locking arm rotate in a direction in which the locking arm closes the lock.
  5.  前記建具が開かないように前記建具を固定する錠を備え、
     前記アーム駆動機構は、前記アームを移動させて前記錠を閉めることを特徴とする請求項2記載の建具閉め装置。
    A lock for fixing the joinery so that the joinery does not open;
    The joinery closing device according to claim 2, wherein the arm driving mechanism moves the arm to close the lock.
  6.  前記建具は、引き違い窓を構成する第1窓および第2窓であり、
     前記第1窓は、室外側に配置され、前記第2窓は、室内側に配置され、
     前記アーム駆動機構は、前記第1窓に前記アームが接触可能な前記接触位置としての第1接触位置と、前記第2窓に前記アームが接触可能な前記接触位置としての第2接触位置とに前記アームを移動させることを特徴とする請求項2から5のいずれかに記載の建具閉め装置。
    The joinery is a first window and a second window constituting a sliding window,
    The first window is disposed on the outdoor side, and the second window is disposed on the indoor side,
    The arm driving mechanism includes a first contact position as the contact position at which the arm can contact the first window and a second contact position as the contact position at which the arm can contact the second window. The joinery closing device according to any one of claims 2 to 5, wherein the arm is moved.
  7.  前記可動ユニットは、前記錠を閉めるときに、前記レールに対して前記可動ユニットを固定するためのクランプ機構を備えることを特徴とする請求項3から5のいずれかに記載の建具閉め装置。 The fitting closing device according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the movable unit includes a clamp mechanism for fixing the movable unit to the rail when the lock is closed.
  8.  前記アーム駆動機構の駆動源と前記クランプ機構の駆動源とが共通であることを特徴とする請求項7記載の建具閉め装置。 The fitting closing device according to claim 7, wherein the drive source of the arm drive mechanism and the drive source of the clamp mechanism are common.
  9.  前記ユニット駆動機構は、駆動用モータと、前記駆動用モータに連結され前記駆動用モータからの駆動力によって水平方向を回転の軸方向として回転する駆動ローラとを備え、
     前記レールは、鉛直方向に直交するとともに前記駆動ローラの下端が接触するローラ接触面と、前記ローラ接触面から垂直に立ち上るとともに鉛直方向と前記可動ユニットの移動方向とから構成される平面に平行なガイド壁部とを備え、
     前記ユニット駆動機構はさらに、前記ガイド壁部を挟むように配置され鉛直方向を回転の軸方向として回転するガイドローラを備えることを特徴とする請求項1から8のいずれかに記載の建具閉め装置。
    The unit drive mechanism includes a drive motor and a drive roller that is connected to the drive motor and rotates with the driving force from the drive motor as a horizontal axis direction of rotation.
    The rail is perpendicular to the vertical direction and is perpendicular to the driving roller contact surface, rises perpendicularly from the roller contact surface, and is parallel to a plane composed of the vertical direction and the moving direction of the movable unit. A guide wall and
    The fitting closing device according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the unit driving mechanism further includes a guide roller that is disposed so as to sandwich the guide wall portion and rotates with a vertical direction as an axial direction of rotation. .
  10.  前記可動ユニットは、前記アームを駆動するアーム駆動機構と、前記ユニット駆動機構および前記アーム駆動機構に電力を供給する蓄電池とを備えることを特徴とする請求項1から9のいずれかに記載の建具閉め装置。 The fitting according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the movable unit includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm, and a storage battery that supplies electric power to the unit drive mechanism and the arm drive mechanism. Closing device.
  11.  前記ユニット駆動機構は、駆動用モータと、前記駆動用モータに連結され前記駆動用モータからの駆動力によって水平方向を回転の軸方向として回転する駆動ローラと、前記駆動用モータと切り離され前記駆動ローラの回転の軸方向と平行な方向を回転の軸方向として回転する従動ローラとを備え、
     前記レールは、鉛直方向に直交するとともに前記駆動ローラの下端および前記従動ローラの下端が接触するローラ接触面を備え、
     前記駆動ローラと前記従動ローラとは、前記可動ユニットの移動方向に所定の間隔をあけた状態で配置され、
     前記蓄電池は、前記可動ユニットの移動方向において、前記従動ローラよりも前記駆動ローラに近い位置に配置されていることを特徴とする請求項10記載の建具閉め装置。
    The unit drive mechanism includes a drive motor, a drive roller that is coupled to the drive motor and rotates in the horizontal direction by a driving force from the drive motor, and the drive motor separated from the drive motor. A driven roller that rotates with a direction parallel to the axial direction of rotation of the roller as the axial direction of rotation;
    The rail includes a roller contact surface perpendicular to the vertical direction and in contact with the lower end of the driving roller and the lower end of the driven roller,
    The driving roller and the driven roller are arranged with a predetermined interval in the moving direction of the movable unit,
    The joiner closing device according to claim 10, wherein the storage battery is disposed closer to the driving roller than the driven roller in the moving direction of the movable unit.
  12.  前記レールに固定されるステーションユニットを備え、
     前記ステーションユニットは、前記蓄電池を非接触充電するための送電コイルを備え、
     前記可動ユニットは、前記蓄電池を非接触充電するための受電コイルを備えることを特徴とする請求項10または11記載の建具閉め装置。
    A station unit fixed to the rail;
    The station unit includes a power transmission coil for non-contact charging the storage battery,
    The fitting closing device according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the movable unit includes a power receiving coil for non-contact charging the storage battery.
  13.  前記建具は、引き違い窓を構成する第1窓および第2窓であり、
     前記第1窓は、室外側に配置され、前記第2窓は、室内側に配置され、
     前記可動ユニットは、前記第1窓の開閉状態を非接触で検知するための第1センサと、
    前記第1窓の開閉状態を検知する際の前記可動ユニットの位置である第1検知位置、および、前記錠を閉める際の前記可動ユニットの位置である第2検知位置を非接触で検知するための第2センサとを備えることを特徴とする請求項3から5のいずれかに記載の建具閉め装置。
    The joinery is a first window and a second window constituting a sliding window,
    The first window is disposed on the outdoor side, and the second window is disposed on the indoor side,
    The movable unit includes a first sensor for detecting an open / closed state of the first window in a non-contact manner;
    To detect the first detection position, which is the position of the movable unit when detecting the open / closed state of the first window, and the second detection position, which is the position of the movable unit when closing the lock, in a non-contact manner. The fitting closing device according to any one of claims 3 to 5, further comprising: a second sensor.
  14.  前記レールは、前記第1窓および前記第2窓の開閉方向に前記可動ユニットが移動するように、かつ、前記第1窓の閉方向における前記建具枠の外側まで前記可動ユニットが移動可能となるように配置され、
     前記アーム駆動機構は、前記第1窓に前記アームが接触可能な前記接触位置としての第1接触位置と、前記第2窓に前記アームが接触可能な前記接触位置としての第2接触位置とに前記アームを移動させることを特徴とする請求項13記載の建具閉め装置。
    The rail allows the movable unit to move to the outside of the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window so that the movable unit moves in the opening / closing direction of the first window and the second window. Arranged as
    The arm driving mechanism includes a first contact position as the contact position at which the arm can contact the first window and a second contact position as the contact position at which the arm can contact the second window. The joinery closing device according to claim 13, wherein the arm is moved.
  15.  請求項14記載の建具閉め装置の制御方法であって、
     前記第1窓の閉方向における前記建具枠の外側にある前記可動ユニットを前記第1検知位置まで移動させて前記第1窓の開閉状態を検知する開閉状態検知ステップと、
     前記開閉状態検知ステップ後、前記第2接触位置まで前記アームを移動させた状態で前記第2窓の閉方向へ、かつ、前記第2検知位置まで前記可動ユニットを移動させる第1可動ユニット移動ステップと、
     前記開閉状態検知ステップで前記第1窓が開いていることが検知された場合、前記第1可動ユニット移動ステップ後に、前記第1接触位置まで前記アームを移動させた状態で前記第1窓の閉方向へ、かつ、前記第1窓が閉まるまで前記可動ユニットを移動させる第2可動ユニット移動ステップと、
     前記第2可動ユニット移動ステップ後、前記第2検知位置まで前記可動ユニットを移動させる第3可動ユニット移動ステップと、
     前記第3可動ユニット移動ステップ後、前記錠を閉める第1施錠ステップと、
     前記開閉状態検知ステップで前記第1窓が閉じていることが検知された場合、前記第1可動ユニット移動ステップ後に、前記錠を閉める第2施錠ステップとを備えることを特徴とする建具閉め装置の制御方法。
    It is a control method of the fitting closing device according to claim 14,
    An open / close state detection step of detecting the open / close state of the first window by moving the movable unit outside the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window to the first detection position;
    After the opening / closing state detection step, a first movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit in the closing direction of the second window and moving to the second detection position with the arm moved to the second contact position. When,
    When it is detected in the opening / closing state detecting step that the first window is open, the first window is closed with the arm moved to the first contact position after the first movable unit moving step. A second movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit in a direction and until the first window is closed;
    A third movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit to the second detection position after the second movable unit moving step;
    A first locking step of closing the lock after the third movable unit moving step;
    A fitting closing device comprising: a second locking step of closing the lock after the first movable unit moving step when it is detected in the opening / closing state detecting step that the first window is closed. Control method.
  16.  開閉可能な建具が内側に配置される建具枠に沿って配置されるレールと、前記レールに固定されるステーションユニットと、前記レールに係合するとともに前記レールに沿って移動する可動ユニットとを備え、
     前記可動ユニットは、前記可動ユニットを前記レールに沿って移動させるユニット駆動機構と、前記建具に接触して前記建具を閉めるアームとを備え、
     前記ステーションユニットと前記可動ユニットとの間で、光を用いた光無線通信または電波を用いた無線通信が行われることを特徴とする建具閉め装置。
    A rail disposed along a joinery frame on which an openable / closable joinery is disposed, a station unit fixed to the rail, and a movable unit that engages with the rail and moves along the rail. ,
    The movable unit includes a unit driving mechanism that moves the movable unit along the rail, and an arm that contacts the fitting and closes the fitting.
    A fitting closing device, wherein optical wireless communication using light or wireless communication using radio waves is performed between the station unit and the movable unit.
  17.  前記レールは、鉛直方向に直交する上壁部と、前記可動ユニットの移動方向に直交する方向における前記上壁部の両端のそれぞれにその上端が繋がる2個の側壁部とを有する略角溝状に形成され、
     前記ステーションユニットと前記可動ユニットとの間では、前記レールの内側で光無線通信が行われることを特徴とする請求項16記載の建具閉め装置。
    The rail has a substantially square groove shape having an upper wall portion orthogonal to the vertical direction and two side wall portions whose upper ends are connected to both ends of the upper wall portion in a direction orthogonal to the moving direction of the movable unit. Formed into
    17. The fitting closing device according to claim 16, wherein optical wireless communication is performed inside the rail between the station unit and the movable unit.
  18.  前記可動ユニットは、前記アームを駆動するアーム駆動機構を備え、
     前記アーム駆動機構は、前記建具に前記アームが接触可能な接触位置と、前記可動ユニットの移動時に前記建具に接触しないように前記アームが退避する退避位置とに前記アームを移動させることを特徴とする請求項16または17記載の建具閉め装置。
    The movable unit includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm,
    The arm drive mechanism moves the arm to a contact position where the arm can contact the joinery and a retreat position where the arm retracts so as not to contact the joinery when the movable unit moves. The joinery closing device according to claim 16 or 17.
  19.  前記建具が開かないように前記建具を固定する錠を備え、
     前記可動ユニットは、前記錠を閉める錠用アームを備え、
     前記アーム駆動機構は、前記錠用アームを移動させて前記錠を閉めることを特徴とする請求項18記載の建具閉め装置。
    A lock for fixing the joinery so that the joinery does not open;
    The movable unit includes a locking arm for closing the lock,
    19. The fitting closing device according to claim 18, wherein the arm driving mechanism moves the lock arm to close the lock.
  20.  前記建具が開かないように前記建具を固定する錠を備え、
     前記アーム駆動機構は、前記アームを移動させて前記錠を閉めることを特徴とする請求項18記載の建具閉め装置。
    A lock for fixing the joinery so that the joinery does not open;
    19. The fitting closing device according to claim 18, wherein the arm driving mechanism moves the arm to close the lock.
  21.  前記ステーションユニットから前記可動ユニットへ前記可動ユニットを動作させるための信号が送信され、
     前記可動ユニットから前記ステーションユニットへ前記錠の施錠の成否を知らせるための信号が送信されることを特徴とする請求項19または20記載の建具閉め装置。
    A signal for operating the movable unit is transmitted from the station unit to the movable unit,
    21. The fitting closing device according to claim 19 or 20, wherein a signal for notifying whether or not the lock is locked is transmitted from the movable unit to the station unit.
  22.  前記ステーションユニットは、リモートコントローラまたは携帯端末機器と電波を用いた無線通信を行うことを特徴とする請求項16から21のいずれかに記載の建具閉め装置。 The fitting closing device according to any one of claims 16 to 21, wherein the station unit performs wireless communication using radio waves with a remote controller or a portable terminal device.
  23.  前記可動ユニットは、前記アームを駆動するアーム駆動機構と、前記ユニット駆動機構および前記アーム駆動機構に電力を供給する蓄電池とを備えることを特徴とする請求項16から22のいずれかに記載の建具閉め装置。 The joinery according to any one of claims 16 to 22, wherein the movable unit includes an arm drive mechanism that drives the arm, and a storage battery that supplies electric power to the unit drive mechanism and the arm drive mechanism. Closing device.
  24.  前記ステーションユニットは、前記蓄電池を非接触充電するための送電コイルを備え、
     前記可動ユニットは、前記蓄電池を非接触充電するための受電コイルを備えることを特徴とする請求項23記載の建具閉め装置。
    The station unit includes a power transmission coil for non-contact charging the storage battery,
    The joiner closing device according to claim 23, wherein the movable unit includes a power receiving coil for non-contact charging the storage battery.
  25.  前記建具は、引き違い窓を構成する第1窓および第2窓であり、
     前記第1窓は室外側に配置され、前記第2窓は室内側に配置され、
     前記可動ユニットは、前記第1窓の開閉状態を非接触で検知するための第1センサと、
    前記第1窓の開閉状態を検知する際の前記可動ユニットの位置である第1検知位置、および、前記錠を閉める際の前記可動ユニットの位置である第2検知位置を非接触で検知するための第2センサとを備えることを特徴とする請求項19から21のいずれかに記載の建具閉め装置。
    The joinery is a first window and a second window constituting a sliding window,
    The first window is disposed on the outdoor side, the second window is disposed on the indoor side,
    The movable unit includes a first sensor for detecting an open / closed state of the first window in a non-contact manner;
    To detect the first detection position, which is the position of the movable unit when detecting the open / closed state of the first window, and the second detection position, which is the position of the movable unit when closing the lock, in a non-contact manner. The fitting closing device according to any one of claims 19 to 21, further comprising: a second sensor.
  26.  前記第1センサは、前記第1窓に向かって光を射出する発光素子と、前記第1窓で反射された光を受光可能な受光素子とを有する光学センサであることを特徴とする請求項25記載の建具閉め装置。 The said 1st sensor is an optical sensor which has a light emitting element which inject | emits light toward the said 1st window, and a light receiving element which can receive the light reflected by the said 1st window, It is characterized by the above-mentioned. 25. A door closing device according to 25.
  27.  前記第2センサは、磁気センサであり、
     前記レールには、前記第1検知位置を検知するための第1磁石と、前記第2検知位置を検知するための第2磁石とが固定されていることを特徴とする請求項25または26記載の建具閉め装置。
    The second sensor is a magnetic sensor;
    27. A first magnet for detecting the first detection position and a second magnet for detecting the second detection position are fixed to the rail. Joinery closing device.
  28.  前記レールは、前記第1窓および前記第2窓の開閉方向に前記可動ユニットが移動するように、かつ、前記第1窓の閉方向における前記建具枠の外側まで前記可動ユニットが移動するように配置され、
     前記アーム駆動機構は、前記第1窓に前記アームが接触可能な前記接触位置としての第1接触位置と、前記第2窓に前記アームが接触可能な前記接触位置としての第2接触位置とに前記アームを移動させることを特徴とする請求項25から27のいずれかに記載の建具閉め装置。
    The rail moves so that the movable unit moves in the opening / closing direction of the first window and the second window, and so that the movable unit moves to the outside of the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window. Arranged,
    The arm driving mechanism includes a first contact position as the contact position at which the arm can contact the first window and a second contact position as the contact position at which the arm can contact the second window. The joinery closing device according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the arm is moved.
  29.  請求項28記載の建具閉め装置の制御方法であって、
     前記第1窓の閉方向における前記建具枠の外側にある前記可動ユニットを前記第1検知位置まで移動させて前記第1窓の開閉状態を検知する開閉状態検知ステップと、
     前記開閉状態検知ステップ後、前記第2接触位置まで前記アームを移動させた状態で前記第2窓の閉方向へ、かつ、前記第2検知位置まで前記可動ユニットを移動させる第1可動ユニット移動ステップと、
     前記開閉状態検知ステップで前記第1窓が開いていることが検知された場合、前記第1可動ユニット移動ステップ後に、前記第1接触位置まで前記アームを移動させた状態で前記第1窓の閉方向へ、かつ、前記第1窓が閉まるまで前記可動ユニットを移動させる第2可動ユニット移動ステップと、
     前記第2可動ユニット移動ステップ後、前記第2検知位置まで前記可動ユニットを移動させる第3可動ユニット移動ステップと、
     前記第3可動ユニット移動ステップ後、前記錠を閉める第1施錠ステップと、
     前記開閉状態検知ステップで前記第1窓が閉じていることが検知された場合、前記第1可動ユニット移動ステップ後に、前記錠を閉める第2施錠ステップとを備えることを特徴とする建具閉め装置の制御方法。
    A control method for a door closing device according to claim 28,
    An open / close state detection step of detecting the open / close state of the first window by moving the movable unit outside the joinery frame in the closing direction of the first window to the first detection position;
    After the opening / closing state detection step, a first movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit in the closing direction of the second window and moving to the second detection position with the arm moved to the second contact position. When,
    When it is detected in the opening / closing state detecting step that the first window is open, the first window is closed with the arm moved to the first contact position after the first movable unit moving step. A second movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit in a direction and until the first window is closed;
    A third movable unit moving step for moving the movable unit to the second detection position after the second movable unit moving step;
    A first locking step of closing the lock after the third movable unit moving step;
    A fitting closing device comprising: a second locking step of closing the lock after the first movable unit moving step when it is detected in the opening / closing state detecting step that the first window is closed. Control method.
PCT/JP2013/085086 2013-04-26 2013-12-27 Fitting closing device and control method for fitting closing device WO2014174728A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
TW103103292A TWI513888B (en) 2013-04-26 2014-01-28 Door and window closing device and door and window closing device control method

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013094021A JP6147072B2 (en) 2013-04-26 2013-04-26 Joiner closing device and control method of joiner closing device
JP2013094020A JP6148525B2 (en) 2013-04-26 2013-04-26 Joiner closing device and control method of joiner closing device
JP2013-094021 2013-04-26
JP2013-094020 2013-04-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014174728A1 true WO2014174728A1 (en) 2014-10-30

Family

ID=51791319

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/085086 WO2014174728A1 (en) 2013-04-26 2013-12-27 Fitting closing device and control method for fitting closing device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI513888B (en)
WO (1) WO2014174728A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018113465A1 (en) * 2016-12-23 2018-06-28 松下电气机器(北京)有限公司 Lock and screen door
CN114451743A (en) * 2022-03-16 2022-05-10 安徽情暖家具有限公司 Forming method of reinforced spring frame for high-elasticity mattress

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS524251U (en) * 1975-06-24 1977-01-12
JPS5689219A (en) * 1979-12-22 1981-07-20 Makoto Uchishiba Automatic curtain apparatus
JPS5730085U (en) * 1980-07-25 1982-02-17
JPS5890971U (en) * 1981-12-15 1983-06-20 クラリオン株式会社 automatic window closing machine
JPS61134386U (en) * 1985-02-08 1986-08-21
JPH01288214A (en) * 1988-05-14 1989-11-20 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Curtain opening and closing device
JPH11342068A (en) * 1998-06-03 1999-12-14 Creative Factory Posshu:Kk Curtain opening/closing system

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWM318654U (en) * 2006-12-26 2007-09-11 You-Tsuen Liau Open/close control device for window

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS524251U (en) * 1975-06-24 1977-01-12
JPS5689219A (en) * 1979-12-22 1981-07-20 Makoto Uchishiba Automatic curtain apparatus
JPS5730085U (en) * 1980-07-25 1982-02-17
JPS5890971U (en) * 1981-12-15 1983-06-20 クラリオン株式会社 automatic window closing machine
JPS61134386U (en) * 1985-02-08 1986-08-21
JPH01288214A (en) * 1988-05-14 1989-11-20 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Curtain opening and closing device
JPH11342068A (en) * 1998-06-03 1999-12-14 Creative Factory Posshu:Kk Curtain opening/closing system

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018113465A1 (en) * 2016-12-23 2018-06-28 松下电气机器(北京)有限公司 Lock and screen door
CN114451743A (en) * 2022-03-16 2022-05-10 安徽情暖家具有限公司 Forming method of reinforced spring frame for high-elasticity mattress
CN114451743B (en) * 2022-03-16 2023-11-21 安徽情暖家具有限公司 Forming method of reinforced spring frame for mattress

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201441472A (en) 2014-11-01
TWI513888B (en) 2015-12-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6147072B2 (en) Joiner closing device and control method of joiner closing device
KR102031910B1 (en) Display device and lift assembly for display
US10597940B2 (en) Motor-driven control device for controlling a movable screen consisting of a windable canvas of a window-covering device or projection screen
JP6635962B2 (en) Curtain opening and closing device and curtain opening and closing system
CN103889281A (en) Methods and apparatus to control architectural opening covering assemblies
US20220018185A1 (en) Electromechanical actuator and blackout device comprising such an actuator
WO2014174728A1 (en) Fitting closing device and control method for fitting closing device
JP6181494B2 (en) Battery exchange robot, battery exchange system, and battery exchange robot control method
JP2011098806A (en) Inspection device of elevator
US9003708B2 (en) Moving body drive apparatus
JP6148525B2 (en) Joiner closing device and control method of joiner closing device
JP6350860B2 (en) Slinging device
JP2006219956A (en) Automatic opening/closing system for gate
CN111577105A (en) Blind control device and hollow glass built-in shutter
KR102044100B1 (en) Integrated automatic door assembly
EP2700783B1 (en) Magnetic mechanism for venetian blinds actuation positioned in between double glazing with the use of a small DC electric motor
US20220228437A1 (en) Electromechanical actuator and closure, covering or solar protection installation comprising such an electromechanical actuator
CN107724938A (en) The elevating mechanism and shutter of shutter
JP6012287B2 (en) Switchgear
CN108991760B (en) Wardrobe
JP5158749B2 (en) Window door opening and closing management system, security system and locking unit
US11781378B2 (en) Shading device comprising a motorised drive device
EP3480416B1 (en) Apparatus for the movement and control of a rolling shutter
JP3711342B2 (en) Electric curtain controlled by electromagnetic clutch device
CN213450158U (en) Blind control device and hollow glass built-in shutter

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13883220

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13883220

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1